Document:

Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 4.1 
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 and 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II 
 $400,000,000 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 New York, New York 
 May 8, 2009 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 As Representative of the several Initial 
 Purchasers named in Schedule I hereto 
 c/o Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 
 Dear Sirs: 
 Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation (“Crown”), and the indirect parent company of Crown Americas LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “Company”), and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II, a Delaware Corporation (“Crown
Americas Capital II” and, together with the Company, the “Notes Issuers”), proposes among other things, that the Notes Issuers issue and sell to the several initial purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the
“Initial Purchasers”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) upon the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated May 5, 2009 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating
to the initial placement of the Notes (the “Initial Placement”). The Notes Issuers’ obligations under the Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by Crown and each of Crown’s
subsidiaries named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Guarantors”). References herein to the “Issuers” refer to the Notes Issuers and the Guarantors. References herein to the
“Securities” refer to the Notes and the Guarantees. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Issuers hereby agree with you for your benefit
and the benefit of the holders from time to time of Securities and Exchange Securities (as defined below) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and collectively the “Holders”) as follows:

 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the
Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the following respective meanings: 
 “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or
indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first
issuance of the Securities. 
 “Crown Americas Capital II” shall mean Crown Americas Capital Corp. II, a Delaware
corporation, and any successor thereto. 
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Company” shall mean Crown Americas, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, and any successor thereto. 
 “Conduct Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(u) hereof. 
 “Crown” shall mean Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and any successor thereto. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers on an appropriate form under the Act with
respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material
incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Exchange Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Notes Issuers guaranteed by
the Guarantors identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the U.S. transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated as appropriate) to be issued under the Indenture. 
 “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange any
Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for Exchange Securities. 
 “Final Memorandum” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
  

 -2- 

 “Freely Tradable” means, with respect to a Security, a Security that at any time of
determination (i) may be sold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act (“Rule 144”) or any other similar provision then in force, by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Issuers without restrictions in compliance with Rule 144 (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144, so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination), (ii) does not bear
any restrictive legends relating to the Act and (iii) does not bear a restricted CUSIP number. 
 “Guarantees” shall
have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities to be dated as of the date of original issuance of the Notes among the
Notes Issuers, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Issuers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 
 “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities and Exchange
Securities registered under a Registration Statement. 
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or
investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering. 
 “Notes” shall have the meaning
set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Outside Date” shall mean the fifth Business day following the one-year anniversary of
the Closing Date. 
 “Person” shall mean an individual, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated association, union, business association, firm or other legal entity. 
 “Prospectus”
shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule
430A under the Act and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the
Exchange Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
  

 -3- 

 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Issuers to issue and
deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Securities. 
 “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that, the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities on the
earliest to occur of (i) the date on which a Registration Statement with respect to the Securities has become effective under the Act and the Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) the
date on which the Securities cease to be outstanding or (iii) the date on which the Securities are Freely Tradable. 
 “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof. 
 “Registration
Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the Exchange Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to
such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 
 “Shelf Registration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Issuers pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements
to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities or Exchange Securities in connection with
an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) If, on the Outside Date, all of
the Securities are not Freely Tradable, the Issuers shall file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. If the Exchange Offer Registration is filed with the Commission pursuant to
the foregoing sentence, the Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective as promptly thereafter possible but in any event no later than the 60th day after such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement was filed with the Commission. If all of the Securities are Freely Tradable as of Outside Date, then the Issuers shall not be required to prepare, file or cause to be declared effective the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and shall not be liable to the Initial Purchasers, the Holders or any other Person for any failure to do so. 
  

 -4- 

 (b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is filed and declared effective pursuant to
Section 2(a) above, upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing
to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities (provided that such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer, acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any Person to participate
in the distribution of the Exchange Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations
or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
 (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
 (i) cause to be
delivered to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or
longer if required by applicable law) and consummated such Registered Exchange Offer no later than the 35th day after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law); 
 (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act,
supplemented and amended as required under the Act, to ensure that it is available for sales of Exchange Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; 
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City,
which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time
prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
 (vi) if requested by the Commission, prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Issuers are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in
reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (B) including a representation that the Issuers
have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any Person to distribute the Exchange Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating
in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities; and 
 (vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall: 
 (i) accept for exchange all Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
  

 -5- 

 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) hereof
all Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
 (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of
Securities a principal amount of Exchange Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in
effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in
the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary
resale transaction which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of Exchange
Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from any Issuer or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the
Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
 (i) any Exchange Securities received by
such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding
with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Act; and 
 (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of any Issuer. 
 (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to
participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the
Person purchasing Exchange Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of Exchange Securities. The Issuers
shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be assigned for such Exchange Securities as for Exchange Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (g) Interest on each Exchange Security shall accrue from (A) the later of (x) the last date on which interest was paid on the Registrable
Security surrendered in exchange therefor or (y) if the Registrable Security is surrendered for exchange on a date that is after the record date for an interest payment that will occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which
interest will be paid, the date of such interest payment date, or (B) if no interest has been paid on such Security, from the date of such Security’s original issue. 
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If any of the Securities are not Freely Tradable by the Outside Date and either (i)due to any change in law, Commission
policy or applicable interpretations or either of the foregoing by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section
2 hereof; (ii)for any other reason 
  

 -6- 

 
the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 100 days of the Outside Date; (iii) prior to the 20th day following the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer (x) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer, (y) any Holder notifies the Notes Issuers that it is not or was not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or (z) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered
Exchange Offer or acquires Exchange Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser notifies the Notes Issuers that it will not or did not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities in exchange for Securities constituting
any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (A) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales
of Exchange Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely tradeable”; and (B) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of
Exchange Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such Exchange Securities being not “freely
tradeable”), the Issuers shall, effect a Shelf Registration in accordance with Section 3(b) hereof. 
 (b) If a Shelf Registration
Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to this Section 3, (i) the Issuers shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 60 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file
with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 60 days after the filing thereof with the Commission, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of
the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided,
however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as applicable, held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be
bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided, further, that with respect to Exchange Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an
unsold allotment, the Issuers may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of
Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein
applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (ii) The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration
Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders until the earliest of (x) one year from the effective date of the Shelf
Registration Statement and (y) the date on which all the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period
being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Issuers shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily
takes any action that would reasonably be expected to result in Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities or Exchange Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is
required by applicable law; or (B) such action is taken by such Issuer in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of its obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the
Issuers thereafter comply with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable. 
 (iii) The Issuers shall cause the Shelf
Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable
requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 
  

 -7- 

 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to
the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply: 
 (a) The Issuers shall: 

(i) furnish to each of you, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial
filing) and shall use their reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose; 
 (ii) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, to the extent permitted by the Act, include the information set forth in
Annex A hereto on the front cover of the Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of
the Registered Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal
delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (iii) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, if
requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities or Exchange
Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders. 
 (b) The Issuers shall ensure that: 
 (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto
complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and 
 (ii) any Registration
Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 (c) The Issuers shall advise you, the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any
Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to any Issuer a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm
such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
  

 -8- 

 (ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; 
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; 
 (iv) of
the receipt by any Issuer of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
 (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the
statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made)
not misleading. 
 (d) The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness
of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time. 
 (e) The Issuers shall furnish to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto,
including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
 (f) The Issuers shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities or Exchange Securities covered by any Shelf
Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Issuers
consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of securities in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (g) The Issuers shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge,
at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including
exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
 (h) The Issuers shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and
each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any
such Person may reasonably request. The Issuers consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a 

  

 -9- 

 
Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any
other offering of Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the Exchange Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as
any Holder shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall any Issuer be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or
to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where
it is not then so subject. 
 (j) The Issuers shall cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Exchange Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request. 
 (k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Issuers shall promptly prepare a post-effective
amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Securities included therein, the Prospectus will not
include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 hereof and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) hereof shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date
of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to
this Section 4. 
 (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers shall provide CUSIP and ISIN numbers
for the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or Exchange Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The
Depository Trust Company. 
 (m) The Issuers shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make
generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act. 
 (n) The Issuers shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
 (o) The Notes Issuers may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Notes Issuers such
information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Notes Issuers may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Notes Issuers may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement
the Securities or Exchange Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
  

 -10- 

 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers shall enter into such and take all other
appropriate actions (including if requested an underwriting agreement in customary form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities or Exchange Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting
agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing
Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6. 
 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration
Statement, the Issuers shall: 
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative for the Holders of
Securities or Exchange Securities to be registered thereunder, which representative shall be selected by the Majority Holders, by the underwriters, if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and by any
attorney, accountant or other agent for the Holders retained by the Majority Holders or for the underwriters, if any, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each Issuer and its subsidiaries;

 (ii) cause the officers, directors and employees of each Issuer to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by
the representative for the Holders, by the underwriters, if any, or by any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Shelf Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided,
however, that any information that is designated in writing by any Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders, the underwriters, if any, and any such attorney,
accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of
confidentiality; 
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities
registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; 
 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall
be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any, addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters
as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
 (v) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the
independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and
financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Shelf Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type
customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and 
  

 -11- 

 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the
Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers.

 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section 4(q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such
Shelf Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
 (r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, upon the request of any Initial Purchaser, the Issuers shall: 
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the
Initial Purchasers, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuers and their respective subsidiaries; 
 (ii) cause the officers, directors and employees of each Issuer to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by any Initial
Purchaser or any attorney, accountant or agent retained by the Initial Purchasers in connection with any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that any information that
is designated in writing by any Issuer, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Initial Purchaser or any such attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in
connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; 
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Initial Purchasers, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers
to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel, addressed to the Initial
Purchasers, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel; 
 (v) obtain “cold comfort” letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers (and, if necessary, any other
independent certified public accountants of any Issuer or any subsidiary of any Issuer or of any business acquired by any Issuer for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement), addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by the
Initial Purchasers or their counsel in lieu of a “cold comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel; and

  

 -12- 

 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the
Initial Purchasers or their counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements. 
 The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) of this Section 4(r) shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective
amendment to the Exchange Offer Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon
delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Notes Issuers (or to such other Person as directed by the Notes Issuers) in exchange for the Exchange Securities, the Notes Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that
such Securities are being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities. In no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
 (t) The Issuers will use their reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the Exchange
Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Exchange Offer Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally
recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters. 
 (u) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or Exchange Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within
the meaning of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (the “Conduct Rules”)) thereof, whether as a Holder or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the
Issuers shall assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, by: 
 (i) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due
diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities or Exchange
Securities; 
 (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of
underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and 
 (iii) providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be
required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Conduct Rules. 
 (v) The Issuers shall use
their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
 5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under
Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration 
  

 -13- 

 
Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel
for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith. 
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities
or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging
Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such Holder and each person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus,
or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and to
reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that
the Issuers will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Notes Issuers by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; provided, further, that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of material
fact made in any preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6 shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the Person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability purchased such Securities or
Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable
judgment that (w) the Notes Issuers had previously furnished copies of the Prospectus to such Holder, (x) delivery of the Prospectus was required by the Act to be made to such Person, (y) the untrue statement or omission of a material
fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus and (z) there was not sent or given to such Person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such securities to such Person, a copy of the Prospectus.
This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have. 
 The Issuers also, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of each underwriter of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers,
employees or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any
Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof. 
 (b) Each Holder of
securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally and not jointly
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs such Registration Statement, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for
inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have. 
  

 -14- 

 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the
commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so
to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying
party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.
The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local
counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a
conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the
indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 6 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are
actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless
an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on
the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser or any subsequent
Holder of any Security or Exchange Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of an Exchange Security, applicable to the Security that was
exchangeable into such Exchange Security, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by
such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any 

  

 -15- 

 
reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but
also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
Benefits received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses or original issue discount) as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and
(y) the total amount of additional interest which the Issuers were not required to pay as a result of registering the securities covered by the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers
shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or
Exchange Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of
the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue
statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does
not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled
to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer,
employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of any Issuer who shall have signed the
Registration Statement and each director of any Issuer shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 
 (e) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the
Issuers or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 6 hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement. 
 7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders. 
 (b) No Person
may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
  

 -16- 

 8. Registration Defaults. The Issuers and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will
suffer damages if the Issuers fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Issuers agree to pay, jointly
and severally, as liquidated damages, additional interest on the Notes (“Additional Interest”) under the circumstances and to the extent set forth below (each of which shall be given independent thereof): 
 (a) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required by Section 2(a) hereof and (i) such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the Outside Date or (ii) such Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 60th calendar day following the date such Exchange
Offer Registration Statement was filed, then commencing on the day after either such date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following each
date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; or 
 (b) the Issuers are required by Section 3(a) hereof to file a Shelf Registration Statement and (i) such Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission by the date required by Section 3(b)
hereof or (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the 60th day following the date such Shelf Registration Statement was filed, then, commencing on the day after either such required
date, Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days immediately following such date, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum
at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; or 
 (c)(i) the Issuers have not exchanged Exchange Securities for
all Securities validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to the 35th day after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective or (ii) if applicable, the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective and such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective at any time prior to the one year anniversary of its effective date prior to all Securities ceasing to be Registrable Securities or all
Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold, then Additional Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days commencing on
(x) the 36th day after such effective date, in the case of (i) above, or (y) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of (ii) above, such Additional Interest rate increasing by an additional
0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period; 
 (each such event referred to in (a), (b) and (c), a
“Registration Default”), provided, however, that the Additional Interest rate on the Securities shall not accrue under more than one Registration Default at any one time and at no time shall the aggregate amount of
Additional Interest accruing exceed in the aggregate 1.0% per annum; provided, further, however, that (1) upon the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in the case of clause (a)(i) above) or upon the
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in the case of clause (a)(ii) above), (2) upon the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of clause (b)(i) above) or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement (in the case of clause (b)(ii) above), or (3) upon the exchange of Exchange Securities for all Registrable Securities tendered (in the case of clause (c) (i) above), or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (c)(ii) above), Additional Interest on the Securities as a result of such clause (or the relevant subclause thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.
Any amounts of Additional Interest due as a result of a Registration Default shall be payable in cash on the same original interest payment dates as the Securities. 
 9. No Inconsistent Agreements. No Issuer has, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with
the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 10. Amendments and Waivers. The
provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the
written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding; provided that, 
  

 -17- 

 
with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers shall obtain the written consent of
each Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be
effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents
to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure
from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or
indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or Exchange Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
 11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail,
telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by
such holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.; 
 (b) if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement;
and 
 (c) if to the Issuers, initially at their address set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 
 The Initial Purchasers or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 12. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each
of the parties hereto, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the Exchange Securities. The Issuers hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to
any Holder of Securities or the Exchange Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 
 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 14. Headings. The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 15. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts
made and to be performed in the State of New York. 
  

 -18- 

 16. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the
application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall
not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
 17. Securities Held by the Issuers, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities
or Exchange Securities is required hereunder, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, held by any Issuer or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or Exchange Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be
Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or Exchange Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
  

 -19- 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us
the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Issuers and the several Initial Purchasers. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	Crown Holdings, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Timothy J Donahue

	Name:	 	Timothy J Donahue
	Title:	 	 Chief Financial Officer

		
	Attest:	 	
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	Crown Americas LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	Crown Americas Capital Corp. II
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -20- 

			
	GUARANTORS:
	
	Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc..
	CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
	 Crown Consultants, Inc.
 Crown Cork &
Seal Company (DE), LLC
 Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.

	 Crown Financial Corporation
 Crown Financial
Management, Inc.
 Crown International Holdings, Inc.

	 CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
 Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation

	NWR, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/     Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -21- 

			
	Crown International Holdings, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

  

 -22- 

			
	CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Patrick D. Szmyt

	Name:	 	Patrick D. Szmyt
	Title:	 	Treasurer
	
	CR USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	 Michael B. Burns

	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

  

 -23- 

					
		 		 	The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.
		
	Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.	 	
			
	By:	 	Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.	 	
			
	By:	 	 /s/    Edwin E. Roland
	 	
	Name:	 	Ed Roland	 	
	Title:	 	Managing Director	 	
			
	By:	 	 /s/    Chris Blum
	 	
	Name:	 	Chris Blum	 	
	Title:	 	Director	 	
		
	For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.	 	

  

 -24-Indenture

 Exhibit 4.2 
 Execution Version 
  
  
  
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 and 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II

 as Issuers 
 the Guarantors
named herein 
 and 
 THE BANK OF
NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A. 
 as Trustee 
  
  
 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of May 8, 2009 
  
  
 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 
  
  
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

					
	   TIA
 Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310
	 	(a)(1)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(2)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		 	(a)(5)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)	  	7.08; 7.10; 11.02
		 	(b)(1)	  	7.10
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 311
	 	(a)	  	7.11
		 	(b)	  	7.11
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 312
	 	(a)	  	2.06
		 	(b)	  	11.03
		 	(c)	  	11.03
	 313
	 	(a)	  	7.06
		 	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)(2)	  	7.06
		 	(c)	  	7.06; 11.02
		 	(d)	  	7.06
	 314
	 	(a)	  	4.06; 4.16; 11.02
		 	(b)	  	N.A.
		 	(c)(1)	  	11.04
		 	(c)(2)	  	11.04
		 	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(d)	  	N.A.
		 	(e)	  	11.05
		 	(f)	  	N.A.
	 315
	 	(a)	  	7.01(b)
		 	(b)	  	7.05; 11.02
		 	(c)	  	7.01(a)
		 	(d)	  	7.01(c)
		 	(e)	  	6.12
	 316
	 	(a) (last sentence)	  	2.10
		 	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
		 	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
		 	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)	  	6.08
		 	(c)	  	8.04
	 317
	 	(a)(1)	  	6.09
		 	(a)(2)	  	6.10
		 	(b)	  	2.05; 7.12
	 318
	 	(a)	  	11.01

  
 N.A. means Not Applicable 

	Note:	        This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	  
 ARTICLE ONE
	  	
	  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY
REFERENCE
  
	  	
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	Definitions.	  	1
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	  	35
	 SECTION 1.03.
	 	Rules of Construction.	  	36
	  
 ARTICLE TWO
	  	
	  
 THE SECURITIES
  
	  	
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	Amount of Notes.	  	36
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	Form and Dating; Legends.	  	37
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	Execution and Authentication.	  	37
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	38
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.	  	38
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	Noteholder Lists.	  	39
	 SECTION 2.07.
	 	Transfer and Exchange.	  	39
	 SECTION 2.08.
	 	Replacement Notes.	  	40
	 SECTION 2.09.
	 	Outstanding Notes.	  	40
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	Treasury Notes.	  	41
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	Temporary Notes.	  	41
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	Cancellation.	  	41
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	Defaulted Interest.	  	42
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.	  	42
	 SECTION 2.15.
	 	Deposit of Moneys.	  	42
	 SECTION 2.16.
	 	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.	  	43
	 SECTION 2.17.
	 	Transfer and Exchange of Notes.	  	44
	 SECTION 2.18.
	 	Computation of Interest.	  	51
	 SECTION 2.19.
	 	Joint and Several Liability.	  	51
	  
 ARTICLE THREE
  
	  	
	 REDEMPTION
  
	  	
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee.	  	52
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed.	  	52
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption.	  	52
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	53

  

 -i- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	53
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	54
	  
 ARTICLE FOUR
  
	  	
	 COVENANTS
  
	  	
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes.	  	54
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	54
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	Legal Existence.	  	55
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	Compliance with Law.	  	55
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.	  	56
	 SECTION 4.06.
	 	Compliance Certificate.	  	56
	 SECTION 4.07.
	 	Taxes.	  	56
	 SECTION 4.08.
	 	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control.	  	57
	 SECTION 4.09.
	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.	  	59
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments.	  	63
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	Limitation on Liens.	  	67
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	Limitation on Asset Sales.	  	69
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	73
	 SECTION 4.14.
	 	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.	  	76
	 SECTION 4.15.
	 	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.	  	77
	 SECTION 4.16.
	 	Reports to Holders.	  	78
	 SECTION 4.17.
	 	Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries.	  	79
	 SECTION 4.18.
	 	Termination of Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating.	  	79
	  
 ARTICLE FIVE
  
	  	
	 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
  
	  	
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.	  	80
	 SECTION 5.02.
	 	Successor Person Substituted.	  	82
	  
 ARTICLE SIX
  
	  	
	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
  
	  	
	 SECTION 6.01.
	 	Events of Default.	  	83
	 SECTION 6.02.
	 	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.	  	84
	 SECTION 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies.	  	85

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default.	  	86
	 SECTION 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority.	  	86
	 SECTION 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits.	  	86
	 SECTION 6.07.
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	87
	 SECTION 6.08.
	 	Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.	  	87
	 SECTION 6.09.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	87
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	88
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	Priorities.	  	88
	 SECTION 6.12.
	 	Undertaking for Costs.	  	89
	  
 ARTICLE SEVEN
  
	  	
	 TRUSTEE
  
	  	
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee.	  	89
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee.	  	91
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	92
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	92
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults.	  	92
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders.	  	92
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	93
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee.	  	94
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.	  	95
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	95
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers.	  	95
	 SECTION 7.12.
	 	Paying Agents.	  	96
	  
 ARTICLE EIGHT
  
	  	
	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
  
	  	
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	Without Consent of Noteholders.	  	96
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	With Consent of Noteholders.	  	97
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	99
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	99
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	  	99
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	100
	  
 ARTICLE NINE
  
	  	
	 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
  
	  	
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	Discharge of Indenture.	  	100

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	Legal Defeasance.	  	101
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	Covenant Defeasance.	  	102
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	102
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust.	  	104
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	Reinstatement.	  	104
	 SECTION 9.07.
	 	Moneys Held by Paying Agent.	  	105
	 SECTION 9.08.
	 	Moneys Held by Trustee.	  	105
	  
 ARTICLE TEN
  
	  	
	 GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES
  
	  	
	 SECTION 10.01.
	 	Guarantee.	  	106
	 SECTION 10.02.
	 	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.	  	107
	 SECTION 10.03.
	 	Release of Guarantors.	  	107
	 SECTION 10.04.
	 	Waiver of Subrogation.	  	108
	 SECTION 10.05.
	 	Notice to Trustee.	  	109
	 SECTION 10.06.
	 	Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability.	  	109
	  
 ARTICLE ELEVEN
  
	  	
	 MISCELLANEOUS
  
	  	
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	110
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	Notices.	  	110
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	Communications by Holders with Other Holders.	  	112
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	112
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.	  	112
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	Business Days; Legal Holidays.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.08.
	 	Governing Law.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.09.
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.10.
	 	Successors.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.11.
	 	Multiple Counterparts.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.12.
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	113
	 SECTION 11.13.
	 	Separability.	  	114
	 SECTION 11.14.
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	114
	 SECTION 11.15.
	 	Force Majeure	  	114
	 SIGNATURES
	  	S-1

  

 -iv- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	  
 EXHIBITS
  
	  	
	 Exhibit A-1.
	 	Form of Restricted Note	  	A-1-1
	 Exhibit A-2.
	 	Form of Unrestricted Note	  	A-2-1
	 Exhibit B.
	 	Form of Private Placement Legend	  	B-1
	 Exhibit C.
	 	Form of Legend for Global Note	  	C-1
	 Exhibit D.
	 	Form of OID Legend	  	D-1
	 Exhibit E.
	 	Form of Temporary Regulation S Legend	  	E-1
	 Exhibit F.
	 	Form of Certificate of Transfer	  	F-1
	 Exhibit G.
	 	Form of Certificate of Exchange	  	G-1
	 Exhibit H.
	 	Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor	  	H-1
	 Exhibit I.
	 	Form of Note Guarantee	  	I-1

  

 -v- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of May 8, 2009 among Crown Americas LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability
company (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II, a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp. II,” and, together with Crown Americas, the “Issuers”), the Guarantors (as defined) and The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of
the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes. 
 ARTICLE ONE 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01.
Definitions. 
 “Accounts Receivable Entity” means a Subsidiary of Parent or any other Person in which Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent makes an Investment: 
 (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no
activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable; 
 (2) that is designated by the Board of
Directors of Parent as an Accounts Receivable Entity pursuant to a Board of Directors’ resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) and delivered to the Trustee; 

(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of Parent or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness”); 
 (4) with which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding
other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are
not Affiliates of Parent in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 (5) with respect to which neither Parent nor any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has any
obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof. 
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person
existing at the time such other Person merges with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
such specified Person. 
 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth for such term in the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”),
as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or
otherwise. No Person (other than Parent or any Subsidiary of Parent) in whom an Accounts Receivable Entity makes an Investment in connection with a financing of accounts receivable will be deemed to be an Affiliate of Parent or any of its
Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment. 
 “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14.

 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, or agent for service or notices and demands. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
 “amend” means to amend, supplement, restate, amend and restate or otherwise modify; and “amendment” shall have a
correlative meaning. 
  

 -2- 

 “Applicable Treasury Rate” for any Make-Whole Redemption Date, means the yield to
maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business
Days prior to the Make-Whole Redemption Date of the Notes (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to
May 15, 2013; provided, however, that if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the
Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given except that if the period from
the Make-Whole Redemption Date to May 15, 2013 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the Transfer by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any property or assets (provided that the Transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Parent, Crown or an Issuer and their respective Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be governed by the applicable provisions of Article Five and not by the provisions of Section 4.12); and 
 (2) the issue or sale by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Equity Interests of any of Parent’s Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be deemed to be Asset Sales: 
 (1)
sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) sales of accounts receivable to the Accounts Receivable Entity
pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof; 
 (3) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified
Receivables Transaction; 
 (4) any Transfer of assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests of any Subsidiary) in
a single transaction or a series of related transactions for which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration or which assets have a Fair Market Value of less than $25,000,000; 
  

 -3- 

 (5) a Transfer of assets by Parent to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person
that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent upon the consummation of such Transfer) or by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent or to another Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
upon the consummation of such Transfer); 
 (6) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to Parent
or to another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (7) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.10 or any Permitted
Investment; 
 (8) the sale or disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (9) any exchange of like property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; 
 (10) the creation of Liens otherwise permitted under this Indenture, including, without limitation, a pledge of assets otherwise permitted
by this Indenture; 
 (11) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks,
registrations thereof and other similar intellectual property; 
 (12) the sale or disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn
out assets or assets no longer used or useful, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (13) the Transfer of
property or assets (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) the aggregate Fair Market Value of which assets, when taken together with the Fair Market Value of all other property or assets Transferred in reliance on this clause (13) (in
each case measured on the date of such Transfer without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) does not exceed 3.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the end of the most recent quarter ended prior to the date of such Transfer; provided that
each such Transfer complies with subclauses (a)(1) and (a)(2) of Section 4.12 as if such Transfer were an Asset Sale. 
 “Asset
Sale Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
 “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date” has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.12. 
 “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 

 

 -4- 

 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such
Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state, local or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or comparable governing body of such Person. 
 “Business Day” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 
 “Capital Corp.
II” means Crown Americas Capital Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be so required to be
capitalized on the balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock; and 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited). 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or any member state of the
European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date) or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such member state of the European Union, in each case maturing within one
year from the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such State or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either
S&P or Moody’s; 
  

 -5- 

 (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof
and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; 
 (4) time
deposits, demand deposits, certificates of deposit, Eurodollar time deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof or overnight bank deposits, in each case, issued by any bank organized under the
laws of any member state of the European Union (as it exists on the Issue Date), the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined
capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 90 days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; and 
 (6) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (5) above. 
 “CEH” means Crown European Holdings SA, a société anonyme organized
under the laws of France, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the
following: 
 (1) any Transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all of the assets of
Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or “group” (as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than any Transfer to Parent
or one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent or any Transfer to one or more Permitted Holders; 
 (2) the adoption of a
plan for the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or an Issuer (other than in a transaction that complies with Article Five); 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, by way of merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) or “group” (as
defined above), other than one or more Permitted Holders, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined above) of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of Parent; 
  

 -6- 

 (4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which a majority of the
members of the Board of Directors of Parent who were members of the Board of Directors of Parent at the beginning of such period are not Continuing Directors; or 
 (5) the first day on which Parent fails to own, either directly or indirectly through one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries,
100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Crown, Crown Americas or Capital Corp. II. 
 “Change of Control
Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 
 “Change of Control Payment” has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.08. 
 “Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.08. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 
 “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, plus, to the extent deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period; 
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 
 (3) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and all other non-cash charges (excluding any
such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period; and 
 (4) any non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, 
 in each case, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the
income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges and non-recurring restructuring charges or expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated
EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income or loss of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person. 
  

 -7- 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP (including amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, non-cash interest payments,
the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, capitalized interest, net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations and imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt). 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the net income of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
 (1) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid to the
referent Person or (subject to clause (4) below) a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in cash; 
 (2) the cumulative effect of
a change in accounting principles shall be excluded; 
 (3) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person shall
be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement,
instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (4) in the case of a successor to such Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of such Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of
assets shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net gain or loss resulting from an Asset Sale by the Person in question or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business shall be excluded; 
 (6) extraordinary gains and losses
shall be excluded; 
 (7) any fees, charges, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Financing Transactions shall
be excluded; and 
 (8) (a) the amount of any write-off of deferred financing costs or of indebtedness issuance costs and the
amount of charges related to any premium paid in connection with repurchasing or refinancing indebtedness shall be excluded and (b) all 
  

 -8- 

 non-recurring expenses and charges relating to such repurchase or refinancing of indebtedness or relating
to any incurrence of indebtedness, in each case, whether or not such transaction is consummated, shall be excluded. 
 “Consolidated
Net Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents,
unamortized debt discount and expense (to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets) and other like intangibles, all as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the aggregate amount of
assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense (to the extent included in said aggregate amount of assets) and
other like intangibles, all as set forth in the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Consolidated Tangible Assets shall be calculated after giving effect to the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 “Constar” means Constar International
Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Constar Agreements” means each of the agreements entered
into between Crown and Constar in connection with its initial public offering, as such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the relevant Person who: 
 (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 
 (2) was nominated for
election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means, solely for purposes of presenting the Notes for payment, The Bank of New York Mellon, as agent, located
at 101 Barclay Street, 7 East, New York, New York 10014 and, for all other purposes the office of the Trustee at which any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which at the date hereof is located at the address listed in
Section 11.02, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuers). 
  

 -9- 

 “Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility) or commercial paper
facilities or capital markets financings, in each case with banks or other lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes or letters of credit, in each case as any such agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any
agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as
borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors.

 “Crown” means Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party
pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 
 “Crown Americas” means Crown Americas LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability
company, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this Indenture. 
 “Default” means any event that
is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depository” means, with
respect to the Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as depository by the Issuers, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Parent or a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Parent,
less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, except to the extent such capital stock
is exchangeable into Indebtedness at the option of the issuer thereof and only subject to the terms of any debt instrument to which such issuer is a party), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, 
  

 -10- 

 or convertible or exchangeable into Indebtedness on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes; provided, however,
that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset
sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or
redemption complies with Section 4.10. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary which is organized under
the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “Election Date” has the meaning set forth
in Section 4.11. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital
Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering”
means any public or private sale of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent (other than public offerings pursuant to Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests issuable under any employee benefit plan of Parent). 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. 
 “Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 
 “Excess
Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.12. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means debt
securities of the Issuers with terms substantially identical to the Notes issued in exchange for an equal principal amount of Notes pursuant to an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act in accordance with the terms of the Registration
Rights Agreement. 
 “Exempted Indebtedness” means as of any particular time the sum of (i) all then-outstanding
Indebtedness of Parent and Principal Properties Subsidiaries incurred after the Issue Date and secured by any mortgage, security interest, pledge or lien other than those permitted by clause (b) of Section 4.11, and (ii) all
Attributable Debt with respect to Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by Parent and Principal Properties Subsidiaries after the Issue Date other than those permitted by clause (b) of Section 4.15. 

 

 -11- 

 “Existing Credit Facility” means the Credit Agreement dated as of November 18, 2005
as amended on August 4, 2006, as such agreement may be amended or refinanced, including any agreement(s) extending the maturity of or refinancing (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder (provided that such
increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adding Parent or Subsidiaries of Parent as borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement(s) or any successor or replacement agreement(s)
and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders or creditor or group of creditors. 
 “Existing
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date after giving effect to the intended use of proceeds from the issuance of the Notes (other than amounts outstanding under the Existing
Credit Facility). 
 “Existing Secured Notes” means to the extent
outstanding on the Issue Date €460,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 1/4% First Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2011
of CEH issued under the indenture dated as of September 1, 2004 among CEH, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee. 
 “Existing Unsecured Notes” means each of the following to the extent outstanding on the Issue Date: 
 (1) $200,000,000 original principal amount of 8% Debentures due 2023 of Crown issued under the 1993 Indenture; 
 (2) $350,000,000 original principal amount of 7 3
/8% Debentures due 2026 of Crown issued under the 1996 Indenture; 
 (3) $150,000,000 original principal amount of 7 1
/2% Debentures due 2096 of Crown issued under the 1996 Indenture. 
 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary” means (i) in the case of Existing Unsecured Notes issued under the 1993 Indenture, a “Restricted Subsidiary” as defined under
the 1993 Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date and (ii) in the case of Existing Unsecured Notes issued under the 1996 Indenture, a “Restricted Subsidiary” as defined under the 1996 Indenture as in effect on the Issue Date.

 “Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property” means: 
 (1) in the case of the 1993 Indenture, any single manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty
located therein) located in the United States, other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors of Crown reasonably determines is not of material importance to the business conducted by Crown and its subsidiaries
as an entirety; and 
  

 -12- 

 (2) in the case of the 1996 Indenture, any single manufacturing or processing plant or
warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located therein), other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors of Crown reasonably determines is not of material importance to the business conducted by Crown
and its subsidiaries as an entirety. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into
account any liabilities relating to such asset) that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction, as
such price is determined in good faith by management of Parent or by the Board of Directors of Parent or a duly authorized committee thereof. Fair Market Value (other than of any asset with a public trading market) in excess of $100,000,000 shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of Parent acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a board resolution delivered to the Trustee upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying. 
 “Financing Transaction” means issuance of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the application of the net proceeds thereof as
described in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “First Priority Notes Issue Date” means September 1, 2004. 
 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Issuers, which at the date hereof ends on December 31. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA
for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available to (b) Fixed Charges for such four fiscal quarters; provided that: 
 (1) if Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent has (y) incurred any Indebtedness or issued Preferred Stock since the beginning
of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is an incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock or both, Consolidated
EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) as if the incurrence of such Indebtedness or issuance
of such Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof) had occurred on the first day of such period or (z) repaid, retired, repurchased or redeemed any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the repayment, retirement, repurchase or redemption of such Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock as if such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock had been repaid, retired, 

  

 -13- 

 
repurchased or redeemed on the first day of such period (except that, in the case of Indebtedness used to finance working capital needs incurred under a
revolving credit facility or similar arrangement, the amount thereof shall be deemed to be the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarter period); 
 (2) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent shall have Transferred any assets outside the
ordinary course of business, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Transfer for such period, or
increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period, and Fixed Charges for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Fixed Charges directly attributable to any Indebtedness
or Preferred Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent repaid, repurchased, defeased, assumed by a third person (to the extent Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock) or
otherwise discharged with respect to Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Transfer for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent is sold, the Fixed Charges for such period
directly attributable to the Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent Parent and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock after such sale); 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (or any Person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) or an acquisition of assets, which acquisition constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, including any
such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction requiring a calculation to be made hereunder, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including
the incurrence of any Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; 
 (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or was merged with or into Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent since the beginning of such
period) shall have made any Transfer of assets outside the ordinary course of business, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or clause (3) above if made by Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Fixed Charges for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Transfer, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of
such period; and 
  

 -14- 

 (5) if during the beginning of such period Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
shall have identified any operations as discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to
such discontinued operations or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto. 
 For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Investment, acquisition or Transfer of assets, the amount of income, earnings or expense relating thereto and the amount of Fixed Charges associated with any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being
given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to
such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a remaining term in excess of 12 months). 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 
 (1) the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

 (2) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is (a) Guaranteed by the referent Person or one of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee is called upon) or (b) secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Lien is called upon); provided that with respect to
clause (2)(b), the amount of Indebtedness (and attributable interest expense) shall be equal to the lesser of (x) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by the assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries and
(y) the Fair Market Value of the assets securing such Indebtedness; and 
 (3) the product of (a) all cash dividend
payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one
minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Funded Debt” means any indebtedness of Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary for borrowed money having a maturity of more than
12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred or having a maturity of less than 12 months but by its terms being renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from the date such indebtedness was incurred at the option of the obligor. 

 

 -15- 

 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are in effect on the 2003 Secured Notes Issue Date. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C. 
 “Global
Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement
of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness. “Guarantee” when used as a verb shall have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means:

 (1) Parent; 
 (2) each Restricted Subsidiary that executes and delivers a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.17; and 
 (3) each Restricted Subsidiary that otherwise executes and delivers a Note Guarantee, 
 in each case, until such time as
such Person is released from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging
Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 
 (1) any interest rate
protection agreements including, without limitation, interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements or other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates; 
  

 -16- 

 (3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar arrangement or
agreement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in the prices of commodities; and 
 (4) indemnity agreements
and arrangements entered into in connection with the agreements and arrangements described in clauses (1), (2) and (3). 
 “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), to create, incur, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable for or with respect to, or
become responsible for, the payment of such Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt). The term “incurrence” has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, and whether or not contingent: 
 (1) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of assets or services or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument (but excluding trade accounts
payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), to the extent it would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; 
 (3) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such
Person other than obligations with regard to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations of the type described in clause (1) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of
credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit; 
 (4) net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations if and to the extent such would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of
such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (5) all Disqualified Stock issued by such Person, valued at the greater of
its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price; 
 (6) all Attributable Debt of such Person; 
  

 -17- 

 (7) to the extent not otherwise included, any Guarantee by such Person of any other
Person’s indebtedness or other obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) above; and 
 (8) all
Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (1) through (7) above of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness
shall be the lesser of (x) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (y) the amount of such Indebtedness. 
 For
purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were
purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by the Fair Market Value of, such Disqualified Stock, such Fair Market Value is to be determined
in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum
liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations as described above at such date; provided that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount shall be deemed to be the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Standard Securitization Undertakings shall not constitute Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended,
restated or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment
banking or consulting firm of national reputation in the United States: 
 (1) which does not, and whose directors, officers
and employees or Affiliates do not, have a direct or indirect financial interest in Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; and 
 (2) which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of Parent, is otherwise independent and qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclay Capital Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Calyon Securities (USA)
Inc., RBS Securities Inc. and Scotia Capital (USA) Inc. 
  

 -18- 

 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited
investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “interest” means, with
respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any. 
 “Interest Payment Date” means the stated maturity of an
installment of interest on the Notes. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P or the equivalent rating by any Successor Rating Agency. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations),
advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel, moving and similar advances to officers, directors and employees and advances to customers, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that an acquisition of assets,
Equity Interests or other securities by Parent for consideration consisting of common equity securities of Parent shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent issues Equity Interests, such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent, Parent shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale, disposition or issuance equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests of such Person held by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary immediately following
any such sale, disposition or issuance. 
 “Issue Date” means May 8, 2009, the date on which Notes are first issued
under this Indenture. 
 “Issuers” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the preamble to this Indenture. 
 “Legal Defeasance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02. 
 “Legal Holiday” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.07. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, debenture, lien, pledge, charge, security
interest, hypothecation or encumbrance 
  

 -19- 

 of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the
Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction). 
 “Make-Whole Premium” means with respect to a Note
at any Make-Whole Redemption Date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (x) the present value of the sum of the principal amount and premium, if any, that would be
payable on such Note on May 15, 2013 and all remaining interest payments to and including May 15, 2013 (but excluding any interest accrued to the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months) from May 15, 2013 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date at a per annum interest rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate on such Make-Whole Redemption Date plus 0.50%, over (y) the outstanding principal
amount of such Note. 
 “Make-Whole Redemption” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 5 of the Notes. 
 “Make-Whole Redemption Date” means with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption, the date such Make Whole Redemption is effectuated.

 “Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due
and payable as therein or herein provided. 
 “Minority Equity Interest” means any Equity Interest in any Person engaged in
a line of business which is complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, where such Equity Interest constitutes less than 50% of all Equity Interests issued
and outstanding of such Person. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of
any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (i) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commission and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof), (ii) taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, (iii) amounts required to be applied to the
repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien which is permitted under this Indenture on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale and (iv) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets
established in accordance with GAAP and for the after-tax cost of any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to sellers’ indemnities to purchasers. 
  

 -20- 

 “1993 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of April 1, 1993 between Crown and
Bank One Trust Company, NA, as successor to Chemical Bank, as trustee. 
 “1996 Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of
December 17, 1996 among Crown, Crown Cork & Seal Finance PLC, Crown Cork & Seal Finance, S.A. and The Bank of New York, as trustee. 
 “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 
 “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Accounts Receivable Entity.” 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 
 “Note
Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes. 
 “Notes” means the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 issued by the Issuers, including, without limitation,
the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuers, dated May 5, 2009, relating to the offering of the Notes on the
Issue Date. 
 “Officers” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President of such Person or any other authorized officer or director of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chairman, President or Chief Executive Officer of such Person and the Chief Financial Officer, Controller,
Treasurer, any Senior Vice President or any Vice President of such Person that shall comply with applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Original Amount” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.” 
 “Parent” means Crown Holdings, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, until a successor replaces such party pursuant to Article Five of this
Indenture and thereafter the successor. 
  

 -21- 

 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, with respect to an Issuer or any Guarantor,
Indebtedness of such Issuer or Guarantor unless, with respect to any item of Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding or any other agreement governing the terms of such Indebtedness
expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to any other item of Indebtedness of such Issuer or Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Pari Passu Indebtedness” shall not include: 
 (i) Indebtedness of Parent owed to any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or Indebtedness of any such Restricted Subsidiary owed to Parent or
any other Restricted Subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (ii) Indebtedness incurred in violation of this Indenture;
and 
 (iii) Indebtedness represented by Disqualified Stock. 
 “Paying Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 
 “Payment Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Replacement Assets or a combination of Replacement Assets
and cash or Cash Equivalents between Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person that is not Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any cash and Cash Equivalents must be applied in accordance with
Section 4.12. 
 “Permitted Holders” means collectively, the executive officers of Parent on the Issue Date.

 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) Investments in Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; 
 (3) Investments by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in, or the purchase of the securities of, a Person if, as a result of
such Investment, (a) such person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) Investments in accounts and notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business;

  

 -22- 

 (5) Investments received or acquired in compromise of, or in respect of, obligations of,
claims against or disputes with, any Person (other than Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or Affiliate), including, but not limited to, pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such Person;

 (6) any non-cash consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale that complies with Section 4.12; 

(7) Investments in connection with Hedging Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09; 
 (8) commission, payroll, travel and similar loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) any Investment by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts
Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest; 
 (10) any Investments (i) the consideration for which consists exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of Parent and (ii) in any
Unrestricted Subsidiary, joint venture or any Minority Equity Interest made by exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Qualified Capital Stock of Parent; provided that the amount of any such net
cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Investment shall be excluded for purposes of clause (C) of Section 4.10(a) in determining the amount available for Restricted Payments; 
 (11) Investments existing on the Issue Date, and any extension, modification or renewal of any Investments existing on the Issue Date, but
only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of
pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date); 
 (12)
Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200,000,000 at any time outstanding; and 
 (13) additional Investments in
one or more Persons engaged in a line of business which is complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any business in which Parent or its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 5.0% of
Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time outstanding. 
  

 -23- 

 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (1) (a) Liens securing Indebtedness under any Credit Facility permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of Section 4.09;
and 
 (b) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) permitted by Section 4.09; provided
that any such Lien, taken together with all other Liens incurred in reliance on this clause (b), shall not secure Indebtedness in a principal amount at the time such Lien is incurred exceeding 
 (i) the greater of (x) $2,750,000,000 and (y) the product of 3.0 times Parent’s Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount,
less 
 (ii) the sum of (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Existing Secured Notes and/or any
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in each case to the extent constituting Secured Indebtedness and (y) the maximum amount of Indebtedness then permitted to be incurred under subclause (b)(1) of Section 4.09; 

(2) to the extent and in the manner required by the terms of the Existing Unsecured Notes as in effect on the Issue Date, Liens on
Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Property of Crown and its Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiaries and on any shares of capital stock or evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money issued by any Existing Unsecured Notes
Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown and owned by Crown or any Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary of Crown securing the obligations of Crown or such Existing Unsecured Notes Principal Properties Subsidiary under the
Existing Unsecured Notes; 
 (3) Liens on assets of a Person merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent after the Issue Date existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent other than the assets of such Person acquired in such merger or consolidation; 
 (4) Liens on assets of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Parent; 
  

 -24- 

 (5) Liens on assets acquired after the Issue Date existing at the time of acquisition
thereof by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
other than the specific assets so acquired; 
 (6) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’,
suppliers’, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to amounts (a) not yet delinquent or (b) being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently conducted; 
 (7) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims or other like
statutory Liens, that (a) are not yet delinquent or (b) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be
required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; 
 (8) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted by
(a) subclause (b)(3) of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness and (b) subclause (b)(7) of Section 4.09; 
 (9) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that has been secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture; provided that (a) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets not
securing the Indebtedness so refinanced and (b) the refinancing Indebtedness secured by such Lien shall have been permitted to be incurred pursuant to subclause (b)(5) of Section 4.09; 
 (10)(a) Liens in the form of zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, reservations, covenants, conditions or other restrictions on the
use of real property or other minor irregularities in title (including leasehold title) that do not (i) secure Indebtedness or (ii) individually or in the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of the real property affected
thereby or the occupation, use and enjoyment in the ordinary course of business of Parent and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such real property and (b) with respect to leasehold interests in real property, mortgages, obligations, liens and
other encumbrances incurred, created, assumed or permitted to exist and arising by, through or under a landlord or owner of such leased property encumbering the landlord’s or owner’s interest in such leased property; 
 (11) Liens in the form of pledges or deposits securing bids, tenders, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of Indebtedness) or
leases, warranties, statutory or regulatory obligations or self-insurance arrangements arising in the ordinary course of business, banker’s acceptances, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a similar nature to
which Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party, in each case, made in the ordinary course of business; 
  

 -25- 

 (12) Liens resulting from operation of law with respect to any judgments, awards or
orders to the extent that such judgments, awards or orders do not cause or constitute a Default under this Indenture; 
 (13)
Liens in the form of licenses, leases or subleases granted or created by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, which licenses, leases or subleases do not interfere, individually or in the aggregate, in any material
respect with the business of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Lien shall not extend to or cover any assets of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is not the subject of any such license, lease or
sublease; 
 (14) Liens in favor of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
 (15) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
 (16) bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and Cash Equivalents on deposit in
one or more accounts maintained by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, in each case, granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank
with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements; provided that in no case shall any such Liens secure (either directly or indirectly) the repayment of any
Indebtedness; 
 (17) Liens on fixtures or personal property granted to landlords pursuant to leases to the extent that such
Liens are not yet due and payable; 
 (18) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (19) Liens existing on the Issue Date to the extent and in the manner existing on the
Issue Date; 
 (20) deposits, pledges or other Liens to secure obligations under purchase or sale agreements or letters of
intent entered into in respect of a proposed acquisition; 
  

 -26- 

 (21) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of
credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; and 
 (22) in addition to the Liens described in clauses (1) through (21) above, Liens in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed 10.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any one
time outstanding. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance other Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that: 
 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any (not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Indebtedness) and the amount
of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith) (the “Original Amount”); provided, however, if the amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness exceeds the Original Amount, the
amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness equal to the Original Amount shall nonetheless constitute “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” if it otherwise complies with the requirements of this definition; 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date at least as late as the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (3) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to any Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to,
such Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of such Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by Parent or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being refinanced;
provided, however, that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than Crown Americas or any Restricted Subsidiary of Crown Americas unless Crown Americas or such Restricted Subsidiary is an obligor on the Indebtedness being
refinanced) may incur Indebtedness which refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent. 
  

 -27- 

 “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company,
unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Physical
Notes” means certificated Notes in registered form. 
 “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transaction” has
the meaning set forth in Section 4.15. 
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that
has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to profits, dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation. 
 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Principal Property” means any single manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse (excluding any equipment or personalty located
therein) located in the United States, other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof that the Board of Directors reasonably determines is not of material importance to the business conducted by Parent and its Subsidiaries as an entirety.

 “Principal Property Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that owns, operates or leases one or more Principal Properties.

 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B. 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, which
note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such
investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. 
 “Purchase Money Obligations”
of any Person means any obligations of such Person to any seller or any other Person incurred or assumed to finance the purchase, or the cost of construction or improvement, of real or personal property to be used in the business of such Person or
any of its Subsidiaries in an amount that is not more than 100% of the cost, or Fair Market Value, as appropriate, of such property, and incurred within 90 days after the date of such acquisition (excluding accounts payable to trade creditors
incurred in the ordinary course of business). 
  

 -28- 

 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary Transfers to (a) an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a Transfer by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case
of a Transfer by an Accounts Receivable Entity), or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including,
without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily
transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary
enters into such transaction. 
 “Rating Agencies” mean Moody’s and S&P; provided that if S&P,
Moody’s or any Successor Rating Agency (as defined below) shall cease to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally, the Issuers shall be entitled to replace any such Rating Agency or Successor Rating Agency,
as the case may be, which has ceased to be in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally with a security rating agency which is in the business of providing rating services for debt securities generally and which is
nationally recognized in the United States (such rating agency, a “Successor Rating Agency”). 
 “Redemption
Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “refinance” means to refinance, repay, replace, renew, extend, refund or restructure. 
 “Registrar” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated May 8, 2009 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers relating to the Notes issued on the Issue Date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under
the Securities Act. 
  

 -29- 

 “Regulation S Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 

“Regulation S Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 
 “Related Cash Management Obligations” means obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent arising from treasury,
depository and cash management services provided by one or more of the bank agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or other parties permitted under the Existing Credit Facility. 
 “Related Hedging Obligations” means Hedging Obligations of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent entered into with one or more
of the bank agents or the lenders or their Affiliates or designees or other parties permitted under the Existing Credit Facility. 
 “Related Obligations” means, collectively, the Related Cash Management Obligations and the Related Hedging Obligations. 
 “Replacement Assets” means any (a) business, (b) controlling or majority Equity Interest in any Person engaged in a line of business, (c) in the case of a Transfer of a Minority Equity Interest, another
Minority Equity Interest in a Person engaged primarily in a line of business or (d) property or assets used or useful in a line of business, in the case of each of clauses (a) through (d), in which Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is engaged or which is or are, as the case may be, complementary, reasonably related, ancillary or useful to any such line of business in which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is then engaged. 
 “Responsible Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee
including any vice president, assistant vice president or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, and to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is a Restricted Note. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Note” has the same meaning as “restricted security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities
Act; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note. 
  

 -30- 

 “Restricted Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.10. 
 “Restricted Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
 “Restricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is a Restricted Note. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means each Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A Global Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16. 
 “Rule 144A Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent), or to which any
such Person is a party, providing for the leasing, pursuant to a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, to Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property or asset which has
been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person (other than Parent or a Subsidiary of Parent) to which funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
secured by a Lien. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
  

 -31- 

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof). 
 “Successor Rating Agency” has the meaning set forth in the
definition of “Rating Agencies.” 
 “Terminated Covenants” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18.

 “Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.18. 
 “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
effect on the date of this Indenture (except as provided in Section 8.03). 
 “Total Assets” means the total assets of
Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP. Total Assets shall be calculated after giving
effect to the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate Total Assets. 
 “Trailing Consolidated EBITDA Amount” means
the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated in accordance with the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio) for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available.

  

 -32- 

 “Transfer” means to sell, assign, transfer, lease (other than pursuant to an operating
lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), convey or otherwise dispose of, including by Sale and Leaseback Transaction, consolidation, merger, liquidation, dissolution or otherwise, in one transaction or a series of transactions.

 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor. 
 “2003 Secured Notes Issue Date” means February 26, 2003. 
 “Unrestricted Notes” means Notes that are not Restricted Notes. 
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that is not a Restricted Note. 
 “Unrestricted Physical Note” means a Physical Note that is not a Restricted Note. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that prior to the Termination Date is designated by the Board of
Directors of Parent as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of such Board of Directors, but only if: 
 (1) (a)
such Subsidiary has no Indebtedness other than Indebtedness as to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides any credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness), (ii) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (iii) constitutes the lender, other than in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) any non-recourse Guarantee given solely to support the pledge by
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (b) neither Parent nor any
Restricted Subsidiary is liable for any Indebtedness that would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder thereof to declare a default on such Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated
maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) such
Subsidiary is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not materially less favorable to
Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of Parent; 
 (3) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe 
  

 -33- 

 for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial
condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 
 (4) such Subsidiary does not
Guarantee or otherwise directly or indirectly provide credit support for any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Any such
designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate, upon which the
Trustee shall have no liability for relying, certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent as of such date
(and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date by Section 4.09, Parent shall be in default of such covenant from the date of such incurrence). 
 The Board of Directors of Parent may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if: 
 (1) such incurrence of Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09; and 
 (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 As of the Issue Date, each of Crownway Insurance Company, Crown Cork & Seal Receivables (DE) Corporation and Crown Americas Capital Corp. have
been designated Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means marketable direct obligations issued by,
or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America that, in each case, mature within one year from the date of
acquisition thereof and are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof. 
 “U.S. Person” means a
“U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. 
  

 -34- 

 “Voting Stock” means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to which the holders
thereof have power to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of any other class or classes shall have, or might have, voting power by reason of the happening of any
contingency). 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of
years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; into 
 (2) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity
or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock
or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to
be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes. 
 “indenture securityholder” means a Holder or Noteholder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “obligor on the indenture securities” means the Issuers, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meanings therein assigned to them. 
  

 -35- 

 SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein,
whether defined expressly or by reference; 
 (2) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (3) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
 (4) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders; 
 (5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subsection; 
 (6) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 
 (7) “$” and “U.S. Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 ARTICLE TWO 
 THE SECURITIES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.

 The Trustee shall initially authenticate $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon a
written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers (other than as provided in Section 2.08). The Trustee shall authenticate additional Notes (“Additional Notes”) thereafter in unlimited
amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.09) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as
specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated. 
  

 -36- 

 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating; Legends. 
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 (in
the case of the Restricted Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of Unrestricted Notes), each of which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuers are subject. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”), Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S
Notes”) and all other Restricted Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend. All Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. 
 Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis about of original issue discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes shall bear a legend in the form set forth on Exhibit D. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the
Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. 
 The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar. 
 SECTION 2.03.
Execution and Authentication. 
 The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuers by two Officers of each Issuer. The signature of
any of these Officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of
such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 No
Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual
signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and
delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuers, and the Issuers shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been
authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. 
  

 -37- 

 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to
authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by
such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuers and Affiliates of the Issuers. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture. 
 Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 The
Issuers shall maintain (a) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), (b) an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the
State of New York where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”) and (c) an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Registrar shall provide a copy of such register from time to time upon request of the Issuers. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more
additional Paying Agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agents” means the Paying Agent and any additional Paying Agents. An Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Registrar or a Paying
Agent. 
 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any Agent
that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a
Registrar or any required co-registrar or Paying Agent, or fail to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and Agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium or 
  

 -38- 

 interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Issuers, one or more of the Guarantors or any other
obligor on the Notes), and the Issuers and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by an Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held in trust by a Paying Agent need not be segregated except as
required by law and in no event shall a Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed
and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2), upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, such Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most
recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date, and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Noteholders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. 
 Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a
request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered
for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorneys duly authorized in
writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall issue and execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall
authenticate new Notes (and the Guarantors shall execute the Guarantees thereon) evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Noteholder for any registration of transfer or exchange.
The Issuers may require from the Noteholder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant
to Section 2.11, 3.06, 4.08, 4.12 or 8.05 (in which events the Issuers shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Registrar shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days immediately
preceding the mailing of notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or of any Note selected, called or being called for redemption except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  

 -39- 

 Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the
beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected
in a book entry. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it
will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note (and the Guarantors shall execute
the Guarantees thereon) if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuers and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the
New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee,
the Registrar and any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge such Holder for the Issuers’ reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the
Issuers for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuers. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes
outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except for (a) those canceled by or on behalf of the Trustee, (b) those accepted by the Trustee for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in
Sections 9.01 and 9.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 9.01 or 9.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated by the Trustee hereunder and (d) those described in this
Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because an Issuer or one of its Affiliates holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to the Trustee that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands
such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers. 
  

 -40- 

 If a Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay
all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes shall cease to be
outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or
direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by an Issuer or any other Affiliate of an Issuer shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually
received an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not an Issuer, a Guarantor, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates. 
 SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. 
 Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the
Issuers may prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the
form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’
Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive
Notes. 
 SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. 
 An
Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes
surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner. The Issuers may not reissue or resell or issue new Notes to replace Notes that an Issuer has
redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  

 -41- 

 SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Issuers default on a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes plus (to the extent permitted by law) any interest payable on the defaulted interest,
in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days prior to the payment date. The Issuers shall fix such special record date and payment
date in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. At least 10 days before such special record date, the Issuers shall mail to each affected Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest,
and interest payable on defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuers may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes
may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the
Trustee. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any interest which is paid prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in
Section 6.01(1) shall be paid to Holders as of the record date for the Interest Payment Date for which interest has not been paid. 
 SECTION 2.14.
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. 
 The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers, and if so used,
such CUSIP and ISIN numbers shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN
numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, of any such CUSIP or ISIN number used by the
Issuers in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in any such CUSIP or ISIN number. 
 SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.

 Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Interest Payment Date and Maturity Date, the Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying
Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits such Paying Agents to remit payment to the Holders
on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global
Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person, by wire transfer or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent. Final payment of principal at maturity will only be made by the Trustee upon
surrender of the related Note to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 
  

 -42- 

 SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. 
 (a) Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the
“Rule 144A Global Note”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”). The term
“Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the
nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with
respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all
purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the
Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
 (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be
transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes (i) if
requested by a holder of such interests upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Depositary or its nominee on behalf of any beneficial owner and in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and provisions of
Section 2.16 or (ii) if the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuers thereupon fail to appoint a successor depository within 90 days or (iii) has
ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or
beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures. 
 (c) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 2.16, such
Global Note shall be 
  

 -43- 

 deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute and, upon receipt of a written
order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in exchange for its beneficial
interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (d) Any Restricted
Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.17 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through and including the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes represented by a
Regulation S Global Note and the issue date of such Notes (such period through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note which shall bear a legend in the form set
forth on Exhibit E through such date, may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.17. 
 (f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests
through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.17. Transfer and Exchange of
Notes. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in
Section 2.16(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuers for Physical Notes except under the circumstances described in Section in Section 2.16(b). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided
in Sections 2.08 and 2.11. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.17(b) or 2.17(f). 
  

 -44- 

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall
be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the
transfers described in this Section 2.17(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.17(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written
order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to
the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such
increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.17(f). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests
to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with
the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will
take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (iv)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest 
  

 -45- 

 in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.17(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in
form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt
of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
 (v) Transfer and
Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes for Physical Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be transferred to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Physical Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.16(b). 
  

 -46- 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 
 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Physical Note
proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical
Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including
the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; or 
 (F) if such Restricted Physical Note is being transferred to an
Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Physical Note may
exchange such Restricted Physical 
  

 -47- 

 Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Physical Note
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit
G, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (B) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Notes
proposes to transfer such Restricted Physical Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of
the Depositary, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Physical Notes and increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall
issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal
to the aggregate principal amount of Restricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may exchange such Unrestricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
or transfer such Unrestricted Physical Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel
the applicable Unrestricted Physical Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time
when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the 
  

 -48- 

 Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal
to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Physical Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes for Physical Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Physical
Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.17(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Physical Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall
present or surrender to the Registrar the Physical Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In
addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.17(e). 
 (i) Restricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. A Restricted Physical Note may be transferred to and registered in the
name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Physical Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (C) if the transfer will be made
pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item
(3)(a) thereof; 
 (D) if the transfer will be made to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, if applicable; and 
  

 -49- 

 (E) if such transfer will be made to an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof. 
 (ii) Restricted
Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. Any Restricted Physical Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Physical Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical
Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to exchange such
Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit G, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Physical Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Physical Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit F, including the certifications in item (4) thereof, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Unrestricted Physical Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Physical Note may transfer such
Unrestricted Physical Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Physical Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Physical Notes pursuant
to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (iv) Unrestricted Physical Notes to Restricted Physical Notes. An
Unrestricted Physical Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Restricted Physical Note. 
 (f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed,
repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.12. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced
accordingly and an endorsement 
  

 -50- 

 shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an
endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (g) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the
registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has
been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers to such effect. 
 (h) General. All Global Notes and Physical Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Physical Notes shall be
the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Physical Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to
Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.

 SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. 
 SECTION 2.19. Joint
and Several Liability. 
 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Issuers shall be jointly and severally liable for the
performance of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes. 
  

 -51- 

 ARTICLE THREE 
 REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be
agreed to in writing by the Trustee) but not more than 65 days before the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the redemption price(s), and deliver
to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained in paragraph 5 of the Notes. Notice given to the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.01 may not be revoked after the time that
notice is given to Noteholders pursuant to Section 3.03. 
 SECTION 3.02. Selection by Trustee of Notes To Be Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes to be redeemed are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis; provided that no Notes with a principal amount of $2,000 or less
shall be redeemed in part. For all purposes of this Indenture unless the context otherwise requires, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. Redemption amounts
shall only be paid upon presentation and surrender of any such Notes to be redeemed to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notice
of Redemption. 
 At least 30 days, and no more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail, or cause to be mailed, a
notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her last address as the same appears on the registry books maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.06. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers thereof) and shall state: 
 (1) the Redemption Date; 
 (2) the redemption price and the amount of premium and accrued interest to be paid; 
  

 -52- 

 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such
Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued; 
 (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that unless the Issuers default in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
after the Redemption Date; 
 (7) that paragraph 5 of the Notes is the provision of the Notes pursuant to which the redemption
is occurring; and 
 (8) the aggregate principal amount of Notes that are being redeemed. 
 At the Issuers’ written request made at least 15 Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given, the Trustee shall give the notice
of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuers’ sole expense. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is mailed and subject to the proviso to this sentence, Notes called for redemption become due
and payable on the Redemption Date and at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that any redemption and notice thereof pursuant to this Indenture may, in the
Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in such notice and in which case if and/or to the extent such condition(s) precedent is/are not satisfied the Issuers shall have no obligation to
redeem Notes on such Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price, including any premium, plus interest accrued to the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date is after a
regular record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and provided, further, that if a Redemption Date is a
Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. 
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
 On or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on
each Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay the redemption price 
  

 -53- 

 of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on any and all Notes to be redeemed on that date (other than Notes or
portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation). 
 On and
after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, including premium, if any, and accrued interest on all Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph,
the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the second proviso in Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest
on such Notes to the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid
on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an
Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder thereof a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 ARTICLE FOUR 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuers shall
pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agents hold
on that date U.S. Dollars designated for and sufficient to pay such installment. 
 The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal
(including post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate specified in the Notes. 
 SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect
of the Notes and this 
  

 -54- 

 Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in
the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be
made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve
the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of
any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or its Agent, in the Borough
of Manhattan, The City of New York, as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.03. Legal Existence.

 Except as permitted by Article Five, Parent shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(i) its legal existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of Parent, Crown and each Issuer
and each such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of Parent, Crown and each Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that Parent, Crown and the Issuers shall not be required
to preserve any such right, franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Crown or the Issuers) if the Board of Directors of Parent, Crown or an Issuer, as applicable, shall determine
that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of Parent, Crown or such Issuer, as applicable and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to
the Holders. 
 SECTION 4.04. Compliance with Law. 
 Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with all statutes, laws, ordinances or government rules and regulations to which they are subject, non-compliance with which would
materially adversely affect the business, financial condition or results of operations of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
  

 -55- 

 SECTION 4.05. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. 
 Each Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead (as a
defense or otherwise) or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive any of the Issuers and the Guarantors from paying all or any portion
of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and (to the extent that they
may lawfully do so) each of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, an Officers’ Certificate (as enumerated by
Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA) stating that each Officer has conducted or supervised a review of the activities of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Parent’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ performance under this Indenture
during such Fiscal Year, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of such Officers’ knowledge, based upon such review, Parent and such Issuer have fulfilled all obligations under this Indenture
or, if there has been a Default under this Indenture that is continuing, a description of the event and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, a certificate of an Officer detailing any continuing Default
of which such Officer is aware, its status and what action Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are taking or propose to take with respect to such Default. 
 (c) Each Issuer shall provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in Parent’s or such Issuer’s Fiscal Year. 
 (d) The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, the first time the Notes are rated Investment Grade Rating; provided, however, that the failure to deliver such notice shall in no event be
deemed a Default or an Event of Default. 
 SECTION 4.07. Taxes. 
 Parent shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency (i) all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies and (ii) all lawful material claims for labor,
materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become 
  

 -56- 

 a Lien upon the property of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that, neither Parent nor
any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for
which disputed amounts adequate reserves have been made in accordance with GAAP. 
 SECTION 4.08. Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon Change of
Control. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase
all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send, or at the Issuers’ written request and expense the Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each Holder of
Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. The notice shall describe the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offer to repurchase Notes on the purchase
date specified in such notice (which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) pursuant to the procedures
required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state:

 (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.08 and that all Notes validly tendered
and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the Change of Control Payment and the Change of Control Payment
Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as may be required by law); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the
Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with
the form entitled “Option 
  

 -57- 

 of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and Registrar
for the Note at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission
or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of
the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; and 
 (8) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control. 
 (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in minimum amounts of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof)
validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount in U.S. Dollars equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuers. 
 Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above, such Paying
Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Issuers shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance
with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after
the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  

 -58- 

 (d) Upon the payment of the Change of Control Payment, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.16, return the Notes purchased to the Issuers for cancellation. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Change of Control Offer. 
 (e) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in a manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Section 4.08 with respect to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, the
Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this paragraph by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
 (a) Parent
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and Parent shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock;
provided, however, that Parent may incur Indebtedness and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Parent’s most recently ended four full fiscal
quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

 (b) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any of the following: 
 (1) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Indebtedness under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $1,750,000,000, less the amount of any such Indebtedness permanently retired with the Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied from and after the Issue Date to reduce the outstanding amounts
pursuant to Section 4.12; 
  

 -59- 

 (2) the incurrence by the Issuers of Indebtedness represented by $400,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor, and the incurrence of the Note Guarantees of such Notes by the Guarantors; 
 (3) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations or Purchase
Money Obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (3), and refinancings thereof, shall not exceed 7.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; 
 (4) Existing Indebtedness; 
 (5) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refinance, Existing Indebtedness or Indebtedness that
was permitted to be incurred pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09 or pursuant to clause (2) above or this clause (5); 
 (6)(i) Indebtedness of Parent owed to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent or such Indebtedness
being owed to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, Parent shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (6), and (ii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent owed to Parent or any of
its other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that upon such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by
this clause (6); 
 (7) the incurrence by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are
incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging (i) interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of such Person so long as such Indebtedness is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding,
(ii) exchange rate risk with respect to agreements or Indebtedness of such Person payable or denominated in a currency other than the principal currency in which such Person’s revenue is generated or (iii) commodity price risk with
respect to commodities purchased by such Person in the ordinary course of its business and, in each case, not for speculative purposes; 
 (8) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument 
  

 -60- 

 inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the
ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of incurrence; 
 (9) Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, workers’ compensation claims, surety or appeal bonds, payment obligations in connection
with self-insurance or similar obligations, and bank overdrafts (and letters of credit in respect thereof) in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent owed to (including obligations in respect of letters of credit for the benefit of) any Person in connection with worker’s compensation, health,
disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the
ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 
 (11) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the Transfer of any business, asset or Equity Interests permitted by
this Indenture; 
 (12) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a
Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (13) Indebtedness of (x) Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance an
acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into Parent or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to such
acquisition or merger, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger; 
 (14) the incurrence by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (other than an Issuer) of Indebtedness in connection with and in contemplation of, the concurrent disposition of such Restricted Subsidiary to the stockholders
of Parent in a transaction otherwise permitted by this Indenture; provided that such disposition occurs concurrently with such incurrence and following such disposition, neither Parent nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any liability
with respect to such Indebtedness; and; 
 (15) the incurrence by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of
Indebtedness or issuance of Preferred Stock (in addition to Indebtedness and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued pursuant to any other clause of this Section 4.09) in an aggregate principal amount (or liquidation value in the case of
Preferred Stock) not to exceed $300,000,000 at any time outstanding. 
  

 -61- 

 Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any
Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of Parent to the extent provided for in the
definition of “Fixed Charges.” The maximum amount of Indebtedness that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as the result of fluctuations in
the exchange rates of currencies. 
 (c) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to, directly or
indirectly, incur any Indebtedness that is or purports to be by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) subordinated to any other Indebtedness of Parent or of such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; unless
such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent it is or may become a Guarantor, on
substantially the same terms as such Indebtedness is subordinated to such other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; provided, however, that in no event shall Indebtedness of Parent or any
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of being unsecured or secured by a junior Lien. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock meets the criteria
of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (15) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.09, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to subsection (a) of this
Section 4.09, Parent may, in its sole discretion, classify such item of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.09 and such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to such clauses of subsection (b) or pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.09, as the case may be, designated by
Parent; provided that any Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations) outstanding on the Issue Date shall at all times be deemed to have been incurred pursuant to clause (1) of subsection
(b) of this Section 4.09. 
  

 -62- 

 SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (including in connection with any merger or consolidation) on account of any
Equity Interests of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary or dividends or distributions payable to
Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity
Interests of Parent, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Affiliate of Parent (other than any such Equity Interests owned by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); 
 (3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to any scheduled final
maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee (other than (i) a payment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance,
acquisition or other retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, in each case, due within one year of the date of such payment, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance, acquisition or other retirement and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness exclusively between or among Parent and one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (B) Parent would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment
had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in subsection (a) of Section 4.09; and

  

 -63- 

 (C) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments
made by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2)(i), (3)(i), (5) and (11) of subsection (b) of this Section 4.10), is less
than the sum of: 
 (w) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Parent for the period (taken as one accounting period) from
July 1, 2004 to the end of Parent’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus
100% of such deficit); plus 
 (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have
been converted into cash) received by Parent from the issuance and sale of its Qualified Capital Stock or from contributions to its common equity from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than Qualified Capital Stock issued to or
contributions to common equity received from a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); plus 
 (y) 100% of the aggregate net
cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received by Parent from the issuance and sale of debt securities or Disqualified Stock of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been converted into or
exchanged for Qualified Capital Stock of Parent from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date (other than convertible or exchangeable debt securities or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); plus 
 (z) to the extent not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income referred to in clause (w) above, an amount equal to,
without duplication, the sum of: 
 (i) the aggregate amount returned in cash (including any non-cash proceeds that have been
converted into cash) on or with respect to Restricted Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions or payments; 
 (ii) the net cash proceeds (including any non-cash proceeds that have been converted into cash) received by Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition of all or any portion of such Restricted Investments (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent); and 
  

 -64- 

 (iii) upon redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the
Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation; 
 provided, however, that the sum of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of all such Investments made subsequent to the First Priority Notes Issue Date. 
 (b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit any or all of the following: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at such date of declaration such payment would
have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Equity Interests of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent (i) solely in exchange for Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock) or (ii) out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent
issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) of Equity Interests of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 
 (3) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent solely (i) in exchange for Equity Interests of Parent (other
than Disqualified Stock) and/or (ii) with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and/or the substantially concurrent issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent) of Equity Interests
of Parent (other than Disqualified Stock); 
 (4) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Equity Interests of Parent held by employees or directors of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or similar agreement and the acquisition of Equity Interests
of Parent in open market purchases, or otherwise, for matching or other contributions to its employee stock purchase, deferred compensation, 401(k) and other employee benefit plans in the ordinary course of business; provided that the
aggregate price paid for all such purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) $25,000,000 in any twelve-month period plus (b) the aggregate cash proceeds received by Parent during such
twelve-month period from any issuance of Equity Interests by Parent to employees and directors of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  

 -65- 

 (5) the payment of dividends by a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent on any Equity Interest
of such Restricted Subsidiary if such dividend is paid pro rata to all holders of such Equity Interest; 
 (6) the
repurchase of Equity Interests of Parent deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options; 
 (7) in the event of a Change of Control, and if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the payment,
purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness that is subordinated by its terms in right of payment to the Notes or a Note Guarantee, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal
amount of such Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuers have made the Change of
Control Offer with respect to the Notes and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
 (8) the purchase by Parent of fractional shares arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or business combinations;

 (9) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for a nominal value per right of any rights
granted to all the holders of common stock of Parent pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover tactics; provided that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition,
cancellation or other retirement of such rights shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations of this covenant (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent); 
 (10) the payment of dividends on Capital Stock of Parent or the acquisition, in open market purchases or otherwise, of Capital Stock of
Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $65,000,000 in any calendar year; provided, however, that up to $65,000,000 of such amount that is not utilized by Parent to pay dividends or acquire Capital Stock of Parent in any calendar year may
be carried forward into the immediately succeeding year; and 
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $300,000,000 from and after the First Priority Notes Issue Date. 
 (c) The Board of Directors of Parent may designate any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent, or any newly acquired or created Subsidiary of Parent, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such designation, 
  

 -66- 

 all outstanding Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated, and all
Investments by Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries to be made in connection with such acquisition or creation, will be deemed to be, at the Issuers’ election, either (i) Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will
reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under subsection (b) of this Section 4.10 or (ii) Permitted Investments under either clause (10) or (12) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.” All such
outstanding Investments will be deemed to constitute either Restricted Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence) or Permitted Investments (in the case of a designation pursuant to clause
(ii) of the preceding sentence) in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Investment would be permitted at such time and if such
Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10(c), in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions
described in clauses (1) through (11) of Section 4.10(b) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 4.10, Parent may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Restricted Payment or
any portion thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10. 
 (d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash)
will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. 

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Liens. 
 (a) Prior to
the Termination Date (and during any period, this subsection (a) of this Section 4.11 shall apply when there is no election by Parent pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section 4.11), Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any of its assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or upon any income or profits
therefrom or assign any rights to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens; provided that any Lien on such assets shall be permitted notwithstanding that it is not a Permitted Lien if all payments due under this Indenture, the Notes
and the Note Guarantees are secured on an equal and ratable basis (or prior basis in the case of any such Indebtedness which is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) with the obligations so secured until such time as
such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 (b) Following the Termination Date, Parent may elect by written notice to the Trustee
and the Holders of Notes to be subject to the provisions of this subclause (b) with respect to the limitation on Liens in lieu of subclause (a) above (such date, the “Election Date”). From and after making such election,
Parent shall not and shall not permit any of its 
  

 -67- 

 Principal Properties Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist
or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any (1) any Principal Property or (2) any shares of Capital Stock or evidence of indebtedness for borrowed money issued by any Principal Properties Subsidiary and owned by Parent or any
Principal Properties Subsidiary, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, without making effective provision, and Parent in such case shall make or cause to be made effective provision, whereby the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall
be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with any and all other indebtedness or obligations thereby secured, so long as such indebtedness or obligations shall be so secured; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any of the
following: 
 (1) Liens that exist on the Election Date (other than Liens incurred on or prior to the Election Date in
reliance on clauses (1) or (22) of the definition of Permitted Liens); 
 (2) Liens on property, shares of capital stock or
evidence of indebtedness of any corporation existing at the time such corporation becomes a Subsidiary; 
 (3) Liens in favor
of Parent or any Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens in favor of governmental bodies to secure progress, advance or other payments
pursuant to contract or statute or indebtedness incurred to finance all or a part of construction of or improvements to property subject to such Liens; 
 (5) Liens (i) on property, shares of Capital Stock or evidences of indebtedness for borrowed money existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through merger or consolidation), and
construction and improvement Liens that are entered into within one year from the date of such construction or improvement, provided that in the case of construction or improvement the Lien shall not apply to any property theretofore owned by Parent
or any Principal Properties Subsidiary except substantially unimproved real property on which the property so constructed or the improvement is located and (ii) for the acquisition of any Principal Property, which Liens are created within 180
days after the completion of such acquisition to secure or provide for the payment of the purchase price of the Principal Property acquired; provided that any such Liens do not extend to any other property of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries
(whether such property is then owned or thereafter acquired); 
 (6) mechanics’, landlords’ and similar Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations not due or being contested in good faith; 
 (7) Liens
for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies that are not delinquent or are being contested in good faith; 
  

 -68- 

 (8) Liens arising from any legal proceedings that are being contested in good faith;

 (9) any Liens that (i) are incidental to the ordinary conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties and
assets, including Liens incurred in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, leases and contracts,
(ii) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit and (iii) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property of Parent or any Subsidiary or materially impair
the use thereof in the operation of its business; 
 (10) Liens securing industrial development or pollution control bonds;
and 
 (11) Liens for the sole purpose of extending, renewing or replacing (or unsuccessfully extending, renewing or
replacing) in whole or in part any of the foregoing. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 4.11
during such time as clause (b) above shall apply, Parent or any Subsidiary may, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees, create or assume Liens which would otherwise be subject to the foregoing restrictions if at
the time of such creation or assumption, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Asset Sales. 
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless each of the following requirements is satisfied: 
 (1) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Parent or such Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of (a) cash and/or Cash Equivalents, (b) Replacement Assets or (c) any combination of the consideration described in subclauses (a) and (b) of this clause (2); provided
that the amount of: 
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent
balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than liabilities that are by their terms 
  

 -69- 

 subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets as
a result of which Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries are released from further liability with respect thereto, 
 (ii) any
securities, notes or other obligations received by Parent or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 180 days of receipt thereof by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash
received), and 
 (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset
Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 3.0% of Total Assets at the time of receipt of
such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value 
 shall, in each case, be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2). 
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary may at its option, cause such Net Proceeds to be applied (a) to make an investment in or
expenditure for Replacement Assets or other capital expenditure or to enter into a binding commitment to make such an investment or expenditure; provided that, in the case of a commitment to make an investment or expenditure, such investment
or expenditure shall have been made within 180 days of such 365th day, (b) to repay Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Facility (including any Related Obligations), any other Secured Indebtedness and/or any other Indebtedness (other than
Subordinated Indebtedness) with a final maturity date prior to November 15, 2013 (and, in each case, to permanently reduce amounts outstanding thereunder), (c) to repay Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, other than an Issuer (and
to permanently reduce amounts outstanding thereunder) or (d) any combination of subclauses (a), (b) and (c). 
 (c) Any Net
Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in subclause (b) of this Section 4.12 will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$65,000,000 (the “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date”), the Issuers shall be required to (i) make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to the Holders of the Notes to purchase such Notes on a pro rata basis at an
offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the purchase date, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.12 and (ii) to the extent an Issuer so
elects or is required, to repay any other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness (or offer to purchase such Pari Passu Indebtedness if pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness the issuer thereof is only required to offer to repay such Indebtedness)
(and 
  

 -70- 

 permanently reduce amounts outstanding under such Pari Passu Indebtedness) at a repayment (or repurchase) price not to
exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repayment (or repurchase) date. 
 (d) Each
application of Excess Proceeds pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 4.12 shall be made on a pro rata basis among the Notes and any such other Pari Passu Indebtedness in proportion to the respective amounts outstanding under each
such item of Indebtedness. To the extent that any Excess Proceeds remain after compliance with clause (c) of this Section 4.12, Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited under
this Indenture. Upon completion of an Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (e) All Net Proceeds and
Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales may, pending their application in accordance with this Section 4.12, be used to temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under any Credit Facility or be invested in any manner that is not prohibited by
this Indenture. 
 (f) Within 30 days following an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, the Issuers shall send, or at the Issuers’ written
request the Trustee shall send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice, prepared by the Issuers, to each Holder of Notes at its last registered address, which notice shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer. The notice shall offer to
repurchase Notes on the purchase date specified in such notice (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law) (the “Asset Sale Offer Payment Date”)
pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The notice to the Holders shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Such notice
shall state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.12 and that all Notes validly
tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted for payment; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds available in
connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; 
 (2)
the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, other than as required by law); 
 (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 
  

 -71- 

 (4) that, unless the Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date; 
 (5) that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent and
Registrar for the Note at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the third Business Day prior to
the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its
election to have such Note purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
in a principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided, however, that each Note purchased and each new Note issued shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
thereof. 
 (g) On the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof (in integral multiples of $1,000 thereof; provided that the part not purchased must
be at least $2,000) validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer; provided, however, that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds available in connection with the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. Dollars equal to the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) in respect of all Notes or portions thereof to be purchased; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes (or portions thereof) being purchased by the Issuers. 
 Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the monies specified in
clause (2) above and the Officers’ Certificate specified in clause (3) above, such Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each 
  

 -72- 

 Holder of Notes so purchased the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for such Notes, and the Issuers
shall execute and, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each
Holder of Notes a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes purchased, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The
Issuers will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Asset Sale Offer Payment Date. 
 (h) Upon the payment of the offer price (including the amount of accrued interest) for any Notes purchased in the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.16, return such Notes to the Issuers for
cancellation. Any monies remaining after the purchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer shall be returned within three Business Days to the Issuers by the Paying Agents. The Trustee may act as the Paying Agent for purposes of any Asset Sale
Offer. 
 (i) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and
regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of this Section 4.12, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations under this Section 4.12 by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.13. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
become effective any encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent to: 
 (a)
pay dividends or make any other distributions to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock; 
 (b) pay
any Indebtedness owed to Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (c) make loans or advances to Parent or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  

 -73- 

 (d) Transfer any of its properties or assets to Parent or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, 
 except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of any of the following: 
 (1) Existing Indebtedness, the Existing Credit Facility and any amendments or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments
or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or the Existing Credit Facility, as the case may be, on the Issue Date;

 (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes, and the Note Guarantees; 
 (3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as in
effect at the time of acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of
any Person, other than the Person, or the assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5) Purchase Money Obligations and Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (3) of subsection
(b) of Section 4.09 for assets acquired that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (d) above of this Section 4.13 on the assets so acquired; 
 (6) an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or assets of a
Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; provided that (a) such sale or disposition is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and (b) such restrictions are limited to the Restricted Subsidiary that is the subject of such agreement pending
its sale or other disposition; 
 (7) Liens securing Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to
Section 4.11 that (y) limit the right of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to Transfer or dispose of the assets subject to such Lien or (z) place any restriction on Parent’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s use of
the assets subject to such Lien; 
 (8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth requirements imposed by customers
under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided
that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not 
  

 -74- 

 materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in either (i) the agreements
governing the Indebtedness being refinanced or (ii) the Existing Credit Facility as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (10)
Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts
Receivable Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (11) contractual
encumbrances and restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than such existing contractual encumbrances and restrictions;

 (12) protective liens filed in connection with Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 4.15;

 (13) customary non-assignment provisions of any contract and customary provisions restricting assignment or subletting in
any lease governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent; 
 (14) customary provisions restricting the
disposition or distribution of assets or property to each holder of Capital Stock of a joint venture contained in any joint venture agreement which restriction is limited to the assets or property of such joint venture; 
 (15) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date that are contained in charter documents or shareholder agreements relating to any Restricted
Subsidiary of Parent and any amendments thereof; provided that such amendments are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such restrictions than those contained in such document or agreement as in effect on the
Issue Date; and 
 (16) Indebtedness of (y) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (1) or
(15) of subsection (b) of Section 4.09 and (z) an Issuer or any Guarantor incurred pursuant to Section 4.09; provided (i) in the case of clause (z) above with respect to any Guarantor, such encumbrance or
restriction may exist only for so long as such Guarantor continues to Guarantee the Notes and (ii) in the case of clauses (y) and (z) above, the Board of Directors of Parent shall have determined in good faith (as evidenced by a
resolution of the Board of Directors) at the time that such encumbrance or restriction is created that such encumbrance or restriction, as the case may be, will not impair the ability of the Issuers to make scheduled payments of interest and
principal on the Notes in each case as and when due. 
  

 -75- 

 SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, amend or suffer to exist any
transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the sale, purchase, exchange or lease of assets, property or services) with or for the benefit of any Affiliate (each an “Affiliate Transaction”) or
extend, renew, waive or otherwise amend or modify the terms of any Affiliate Transaction entered into prior to the Issue Date unless the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to Parent or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those terms which could reasonably be obtained by Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm’s-length basis between unaffiliated parties. 
 (b) In any Affiliate Transaction (or any series of related Affiliate Transactions which are similar or part of a common plan) involving an amount or
having a Fair Market Value in excess of $100,000,000, Parent must either (i) obtain a board resolution of a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of Parent certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with
subsection (a) of this Section 4.14 or (ii) obtain a favorable written opinion as to the fairness of such transaction or transactions, as the case may be, from an Independent Financial Advisor. 
 (c) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to: 
 (1) any Affiliate Transaction that is between or among Parent and/or any one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is not prohibited by Section 4.10; 
 (3) reasonable fees, compensation, benefits and incentive arrangements paid or provided to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees or consultants of Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined in good
faith by Parent’s Board of Directors or senior management; 
 (4) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any
amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders, taken as a whole, than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (5) transactions effected as part of
a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (6) sales or issuances of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Parent
to Affiliates of Parent; 
  

 -76- 

 (7) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of Parent solely because Parent or a
Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or controls such Person; 
 (8) any transaction undertaken pursuant to the
Constar Agreements, including any amendment thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders, taken as a whole, than the original Constar Agreement so amended
or replaced; and 
 (9) the non-recourse accommodation pledge of equity of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to support the
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent such pledge is otherwise permitted under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Sale
and Leaseback Transactions. 
 (a) Prior to the Termination Date, Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction; provided that Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Leaseback Transaction if: 
 (1) Parent or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such
Sale and Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 4.09; 
 (2) the Lien to secure such Indebtedness does not extend to
or cover any assets of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets which are the subject of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction; 
 (3) the gross cash proceeds of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the asset that is the subject of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction; and 
 (4) the Transfer of assets in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted by, and the proceeds of such transaction are applied in
compliance with Section 4.12. 
 (b) Following the Termination Date, Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any Principal Properties
Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing (as lessee) by Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary of any Principal Property (except for temporary leases for a term, including any renewal thereof, of not
more than three years and except for leases between Parent and a Principal Properties Subsidiary or between Principal Properties Subsidiaries) which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Parent or a Principal Properties Subsidiary to
such person (herein referred to as a “Post Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transaction”) unless either (i) Parent or such Principal Properties Subsidiary would be entitled to incur a Lien on such property without

  

 -77- 

 equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees pursuant to clause (b) of Section 4.11 or
(ii) the net proceeds of such sale are at least equal to the fair value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of such property and Parent shall apply an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale to (A) the retirement (other than
any mandatory retirement or payment at maturity) of (x) Notes (other than any retirement prohibited by the terms of any Notes pursuant to prohibitions on advance refundings) or (y) Funded Debt of Parent, either Issuer or any Principal
Properties Subsidiary ranking prior to or on a parity with the Notes or (B) the acquisition, construction or improvement of a Principal Property, within 120 days of the effective date of any such arrangement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 4.15, Parent or any Principal Properties Subsidiary may enter into Post
Termination Date Sale and Leaseback Transactions, if at the time of such entering into, and after giving effect thereto, Exempted Indebtedness does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. 
 SECTION 4.16. Reports to Holders. 
 (a) Whether or not
required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee and Holders thereof the following: 
 (1) all quarterly and annual financial information of Parent that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on
Forms 10-Q and 10-K if Parent were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of
Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the
financial condition and results of operations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Parent, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by Parent’s certified independent accountants; and 
 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if Parent were required to file such reports,

 in each case, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations. 
 (b) In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, Parent shall file a copy of all such information and reports
with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and
prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders of 
  

 -78- 

 such Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Issuers will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(a). 
 SECTION 4.17.
Limitation on Creation of Subsidiaries. 
 (a) Parent shall not create, acquire or suffer to exist, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to create, acquire or suffer to exist, any Subsidiary other than: 
 (1) a Restricted Subsidiary
existing as of the Issue Date or that is acquired or created after the Issue Date; provided, however, that each Domestic Subsidiary (other than the Issuers) of Parent that from time to time is an obligor or guarantor under any Credit
Facility including, without limitation, the Existing Credit Facility, must execute a Note Guarantee (and with such documentation relating thereto as are required under this Indenture, including, without limitation, a supplement or amendment to this
Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel as to the enforceability of such Note Guarantee), pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will become a Guarantor; or 
 (2) an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (b) A Note Guarantee of any Guarantor shall be subject to release and discharge as provided under Article Ten. 
 SECTION 4.18. Termination of
Certain Covenants in Event of Investment Grade Rating. 
 If at any time (the “Termination Date”) that (a) the Notes
issued under this Indenture have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall no longer be subject to
the following provisions of this Indenture: 
 (1) Section 4.08; 
 (2) Section 4.09; 
 (3) Section 4.10; 
 (4) upon the making of the election described in clause (b) of
Section 4.11, clause (a) of Section 4.11; 
 (5) Section 4.12; 
 (6) Section 4.13; 
  

 -79- 

 (7) Section 4.14; 
 (8) clause (a) of Section 4.15; and 
 (9) subclause (a)(4) of Section 5.01 
 (collectively, the “Terminated Covenants”). From and after the Termination Date, the Terminated Covenants shall not be subject to reinstatement notwithstanding any event including, without limitation, that
subsequently, either of the Rating Agencies withdraws its rating or downgrades the ratings assigned to any Notes issued under this Indenture below the required Investment Grade Ratings such that both Rating Agencies at such time shall not have
assigned to all Notes issued under this Indenture an Investment Grade Rating or a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 ARTICLE FIVE 
 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 
 SECTION 5.01. Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. 
 (a)(i) Neither Parent nor any Issuer shall consolidate or merge
with or into any other Person or Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) neither Parent nor any Issuer shall permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, Transfer all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Parent and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, to another Person unless: 
 (1)(A) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving Parent, Parent is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Parent) or to which such Transfer has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and 
 (B) in the case of a merger, consolidation or Transfer involving an Issuer, such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such Transfer has been made is a limited liability company, partnership or corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia; provided that if at any time Crown Americas or such successor Person is a limited liability company or partnership there shall be a joint and several co-issuer of the Notes that is a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of Crown Americas and that is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; 
  

 -80- 

 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
Parent or an Issuer, as the case may be) or the Person to which such Transfer has been made assumes all the obligations of Parent, such Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture and the Registration
Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture or amendment of the relevant documents; 
 (3) immediately after such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (4) Parent or such Issuer, as the case may be, or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger or to which such Transfer has been made will, at the time of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (a) of Section 4.09. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall be permitted: 
 (1) the consolidation or merger of Parent with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such merger or consolidation or Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; 
 (2) the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of Crown and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown; and 

(3) the consolidation or merger of an Issuer with or into or the Transfer of all or substantially all of the property or assets of such
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to Crown, other than any such consolidation or merger with or into or Transfer to a Restricted Subsidiary of Crown. 
 (c) This Section 5.01 shall not prohibit: 
 (1) a consolidation or merger between an Issuer and a Guarantor other than Crown; 
 (2) a
consolidation or merger between a Guarantor and any other Guarantor other than Crown; 
  

 -81- 

 (3) a consolidation or merger between a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that
is not a Guarantor and any other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 
 (4) the Transfer of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of a Guarantor to an Issuer and/or any other Guarantor other than Crown; or 
 (5) the Transfer of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Issuer) that is not a Guarantor to any other Restricted Subsidiary other than Crown; 
 provided that, in each case involving an Issuer or a Guarantor, if such Issuer or such Guarantor is not the surviving entity of such transaction or the Person to which such Transfer is made, the surviving
entity or the Person to which such Transfer is made shall comply with subsection (a)(2) of this Section 5.01. 
 SECTION 5.02. Successor Person
Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation, combination or merger of Parent, an Issuer or any other Guarantor, or any Transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of Parent or an Issuer in accordance with the foregoing provisions of Section 5.01, in which Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor is not the continuing obligor under the Notes or its related Note Guarantee, the
surviving entity formed by such consolidation or into which Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor is merged or to which the Transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of Parent, such Issuer or
such Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named therein as Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and, except in the case of a Transfer to
Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Parent, such Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes or in respect of its Note Guarantee, as the case may be,
and all of Parent’s, such Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s, as the case may be, other obligations and covenants under the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, if applicable. 
  

 -82- 

 ARTICLE SIX 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 
 Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest with respect to the Notes; 
 (2) default in payment when due of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise; 
 (3) failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with any of the provisions under Section 4.08, Section 4.12 or
Article Five; 
 (4) failure by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent for 60 days after receipt of notice from the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under this Indenture to comply with any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture (other than the covenants and agreements specified in clauses
(1) through (3) of this Section 6.01); 
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or
Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issue Date, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay when due at final stated maturity (giving effect to any grace period related thereto) principal of such Indebtedness (a “Payment
Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50,000,000 or more; 
 (6)
failure by Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (net of any amounts covered by insurance and as to which such insurer has not denied responsibility or coverage in writing) aggregating $50,000,000 or more, which
judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or stayed within 60 days after their entry; 
 (7)(A) a court having
jurisdiction over Parent, an Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Parent enters (x) a decree or order for relief in respect of Parent, 
  

 -83- 

 an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law or (y) a decree or order adjudging Parent, an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent
that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition of or in respect of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries under any Bankruptcy Law, or appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree
or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days or (B) Parent, an Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent that is a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted
Subsidiaries of Parent that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) commences a voluntary case under any Bankruptcy Law or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any Bankruptcy Law,
(ii) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries or for
all or substantially all the property and assets of Parent, an Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (iv) generally is not paying
its debts as they become due; and 
 (8) any Note Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in
full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of such Note Guarantee and this Indenture) or is declared null and void and unenforceable or found to be invalid or any Guarantor denies its liability under its Note Guarantee (other
than by reason of release of a Guarantor from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee). 
 SECTION 6.02.
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, either the Trustee, by
notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee, specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a
“notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any, and accrued
interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, 
  

 -84- 

 notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or
an Issuer, the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 
 (1)
all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its
reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements, indemnities and advances; and 
 (4) in
the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes
or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested by the Holders of a majority of the principal amount outstanding of the Notes to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.
All available remedies are cumulative. Any costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee under this Section 6.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Issuers and the Guarantors. 
  

 -85- 

 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Existing Defaults and Events of Default. 
 (a) Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.02, 6.08 and 8.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to
waive past Defaults under this Indenture except a Default in the payment of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on any Note as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.01 or in respect of a covenant or a
provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of all Holders as provided for in Section 8.02. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders have
consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. In case of any such waiver, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This subsection
(a) of this Section 6.04 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(B), and TIA § 316(a)(1)(B) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 (b) Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every
purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 
 Subject to Sections 2.10 and 7.01, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture. The Trustee, however,
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder not taking part in such direction, and the Trustee shall have the right to decline
to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed may
involve it in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to
this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction. This Section 6.05 shall be in lieu of TIA § 316(a)(1)(A),
and TIA § 316(a)(1)(A) is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on
Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.08, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) the Holder has given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  

 -86- 

 (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding make a
written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to
the Trustee against any costs, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that is inconsistent with the request. 
 A
Noteholder may not use any provision of this Indenture to disturb or prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder. 
 SECTION 6.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
 No director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary of Parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 SECTION 6.08. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such
payment, on or after such respective due dates, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. 
 SECTION 6.09. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against an Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal
and, to the extent that payment 
  

 -87- 

 of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate set forth in the
Notes, and such further amounts as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.10. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The
Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to an Issuer or any Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or
its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges
and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to
the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee
under Section 7.07. 
 Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt
on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such
proceedings. 
 SECTION 6.11. Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
 SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid
on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuers or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount from any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
  

 -88- 

 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this
Section 6.11. 
 SECTION 6.12. Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any
party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard
to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.12 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 6.08 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. 
 ARTICLE SEVEN 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If a Default or Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the same circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
 The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge: 
 (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others. 
 (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required
to be furnished to the Trustee, 
  

 -89- 

 the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their
face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a
matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’
Certificate, subject to the requirement in the preceding sentence, if applicable. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for
its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) This paragraph
does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.01. 
 (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts. 
 (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 (4) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
the performance of any of its rights, powers or duties. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, subsections (a), (b),
(c) and (e) of this Section 7.01 shall govern every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee. 
 (e)
The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee
security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction (including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and
attorneys). The Trustee’s fees, expenses and indemnities (including, but in no way limited to, the fees and disbursements of agents and attorneys) are included in the amounts guaranteed by the Note Guarantees. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with an Issuer or any Guarantor.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law. 
  

 -90- 

 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
 Subject to Section 7.01: 
 (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document
(whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both, which
shall conform to the provisions of Section 11.05. The Trustee shall be protected and shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion. 
 (3) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or
agent appointed by it with due care. 
 (4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute negligence or willful misconduct. 
 (5) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full
and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (6) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including but not limited to as Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

 (7) The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a
duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such act. 
 (8) The Trustee may from time to time request that the Issuers deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers 
  

 -91- 

 authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to the Indenture, which Officers’
Certificate may be signed by any persons authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with either Issuer or any Guarantor, or any Affiliates thereof, with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any
Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or any
Note Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s use of the proceeds from the sale of Notes, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent (other than itself
as Paying Agent) or any money paid to an Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to each Noteholder a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs in the
manner and to the extent provided in the TIA and otherwise as provided in this Indenture. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a
redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture) or relating to Article Five of this Indenture, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that withholding
the notice is in the interests of Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
 If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after March 1 of any year, commencing on the March 1 following the date of this Indenture,
the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required
by TIA § 313(c) and TIA § 313(d). 
  

 -92- 

 Reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be transmitted by mail: 
 (1) to all Holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear on the Registrar’s books; and 
 (2) to such Holders of Notes as have, within the two years preceding such transmission, filed their names and addresses with the Trustee
for that purpose. 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Commission and each stock exchange
on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee, in writing, when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay to the Trustee from time to time
compensation as agreed upon for its services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents
and external counsel. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustee and its agents,
employees, stockholders, directors and officers and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including without limitation taxes (other than taxes based on the income
of the Trustee) and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture and including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against
any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing promptly of any
claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers and the Guarantors shall not relieve the
Issuers and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder except to the extent the Issuers and the Guarantors are actually prejudiced thereby. In the event that a conflict of interest exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall
pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. 
  

 -93- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers and the Guarantors need not reimburse the Trustee for any
expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. 
 To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee except for such
money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 The obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for
expenses, disbursements and advances shall be joint and several liabilities of each Issuer and each of the Guarantors and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture,
including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (7) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. 
 For purposes of this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall include any trustee appointed pursuant to this Article Seven. The
provisions of this Section 7.07 shall apply to Trustee in its capacity as Paying Agent, Registrar and any other Agent under this Indenture. 
 SECTION
7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Issuers and the removed Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers may remove the Trustee at their election if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with
Section 7.10; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to
the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;
or 
 (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
  

 -94- 

 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the
Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee. 
 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, Noteholders holding at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A successor
Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to its rights under Section 7.07, transfer all property held by
it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall
mail notice of its succession to each Noteholder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets to, another corporation, subject to Section 7.10, the successor corporation without
any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article Seven. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of
TIA § 310(a)(1) and (2) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with
TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other
securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential
Collection of Claims Against Issuers. 
 The Trustee is subject to and shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  

 -95- 

 SECTION 7.12. Paying Agents. 
 The Issuers shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to it and the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this
Section 7.12: 
 (A) that it will hold all sums held by it as agent for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any,
or interest on, the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuers or by any obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of Holders of the Notes or the Trustee; 
 (B) that it will at any time during the continuance of any Event of Default, upon written request from the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee
all sums so held in trust by it together with a full accounting thereof; and 
 (C) that it will give the Trustee written
notice within three Business Days of any failure of the Issuers (or by any obligor on the Notes) in the payment of any installment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable. 
 ARTICLE EIGHT 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND
WAIVER 
 SECTION 8.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. 
 Notwithstanding Section 8.02, the Issuers and Trustee may modify and amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any Holder for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of Physical Notes; 
 (3) to provide for the assumption of an Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in the case of a merger or
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of such Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets; 
 (4) to secure the
Notes; 
 (5) to add any Guarantor or release any Guarantor from its Note Guarantee if such release is in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture; 
  

 -96- 

 (6) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantor and
Note Guarantee when such release, termination or discharge is permitted elsewhere in this Indenture; 
 (7) to add to the
covenants of the Issuers and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers and the Guarantors; 
 (8) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Exchange Notes and Additional Notes; 
 (9) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the rights
under this Indenture of any Holder in any material respect; or 
 (10) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order
to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 
 SECTION 8.02. With Consent of Noteholders. 
 (a) Except to the extent provided in Section 8.01 and subsection (b) of this Section 8.02, this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees
may be amended with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or
exchange offer for Notes), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). 
 (b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section 8.02, without the consent of each Holder of Notes issued under this Indenture affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Note
held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver or make any change to this Section 8.02(b); 
 (2) reduce the principal
amount of or change the Maturity Date of any Notes, or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of any such Notes other than, except as set forth in clause (7) below, the provisions of Section 4.08 or 4.12 of this Indenture;

  

 -97- 

 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any such Notes;

 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any such Notes
(except a rescission of acceleration of Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (5) make any such Note payable in currency other than that stated in such Note; 
 (6) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the waiver of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes
issued hereunder to receive payments of principal of and interest on the Notes or otherwise impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantees; 
 (7) after the Issuers’ obligation to purchase Notes arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation
of the Issuers to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer with respect to a Change of Control that has occurred or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated, including, without limitation,
in each case, by amending, changing or modifying any of the definitions relating thereto; 
 (8) release Parent, Crown or any
other Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture otherwise than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) modify or change any provision of this Indenture affecting the ranking of the Notes or Note Guarantees in a manner adverse to the
Holders of Notes. 
 (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form
of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (d) After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 -98- 

 SECTION 8.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 8.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
 (a)
After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of
any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note. 
 (b) The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then,
notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent
previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Noteholders has
been obtained. 
 (c) After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action under Section 8.01 or this Section 8.02 becomes
effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (9) of Section 8.02(b). In that case the amendment, supplement, waiver or other action shall bind each Noteholder who has
consented to it and every subsequent Noteholder or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 
 SECTION 8.05.
Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee (in accordance
with the specific written direction of the Issuers) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Issuers) to deliver it to the Trustee. In such case, the Trustee shall place an appropriate notation
on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, the Guarantors shall endorse and, upon receipt of a written order of
the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect
the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 -99- 

 SECTION 8.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article Eight if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, in signing or refusing to sign an amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 11.04, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the
Guarantors, enforceable against the Issuers and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms (subject to customary exceptions). 
 ARTICLE NINE

 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION
9.01. Discharge of Indenture. 
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes and Note
Guarantees, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees, when all amounts due to the Trustee shall have been paid and
either: 
 (1) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee all outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture (other than (i) Notes
which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.08 hereof and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers
and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) for cancellation; or 
 (2)(a) all Notes outstanding under
this Indenture (I) have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption, or (II) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under
arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and an Issuer or any Guarantor irrevocably deposits with the Trustee as trust funds in trust
solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be; 
  

 -100- 

 (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which an Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any
Guarantor is bound; (c) the Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by an Issuer or any Guarantor under this Indenture; and (d) the Issuers have delivered (I) irrevocable instructions to the Trustee
under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be, and (II) an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under any agreement or instrument then known to such counsel
which binds or affects the Issuers. 
 The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of and at the expense of the
Issuers. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuers in Article Two and in Sections
4.01, 4.02, 7.07, 9.05 and 9.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 
 SECTION 9.02. Legal Defeasance. 
 The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the
outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers will be deemed to have paid and discharged the
entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuers, shall, subject to
Section 9.06, execute instruments in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuers acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust funds described in Section 9.04 and as more fully set forth in Section 9.04, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes when such payments are due, (2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such Notes under Article Two and Sections 4.02, 4.03 and 4.05, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Trustee hereunder
(including claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07) and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith and (4) this Article Nine. 
 Concurrently with any Legal Defeasance, the Issuers may, at their further option, cause to be terminated, as of the date on which such Legal Defeasance
occurs, all of the 
  

 -101- 

 obligations under any or all of the Note Guarantees, if any, then existing and obtain the release of the Note Guarantees
of any or all Guarantors. In order to exercise such option regarding a Note Guarantee, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with written notice of their desire to terminate such Note Guarantee prior to the delivery of the Opinions of Counsel
referred to in Section 9.04. 
 Subject to compliance with this Article Nine, the Issuers may exercise their option under this
Section 9.02 with respect to the Notes notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 9.03 below with respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 9.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have their obligations and
the obligations of the Guarantors under Sections 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 (except for obligations mandated by the TIA) and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) released with respect to the
outstanding Notes on a date the conditions set forth in Section 9.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers may
fail to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any
reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise of the option in this Section 9.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.04, Sections
6.01(3), (4), (5) and (6) shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 Notwithstanding any discharge or release of any obligations
under this Indenture pursuant to Section 9.02 or this Section 9.03, the Issuers’ obligations in Article Two and Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.06, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive until such time as the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter,
the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 7.07, 9.05, 9.07 and 9.08 shall survive. 
 SECTION 9.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 The following shall be the conditions to application of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 to the outstanding Notes: 
 (1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes issued under this
Indenture, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public 
  

 -102- 

 accountants (such opinion shall be addressed and delivered to the Trustee, and upon which the Trustee
shall have no liability in relying), to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes outstanding under this Indenture on the stated maturity date or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuers
must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal
Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that (a) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published
by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of
Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying) confirming that the Holders of the Notes outstanding under this Indenture
will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the
date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending
on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which Parent or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;

 (6) the Issuers must have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in
relying) to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of any Issuer or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of an Issuer under applicable
Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
  

 -103- 

 (7) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (upon which the
Trustee shall have no liability in relying) stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture over the other creditors of the Issuers with the intent of defeating,
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuers or others; and 
 (8) the Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (upon which the Trustee shall have no liability in relying), each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied
with. 
 SECTION 9.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust. 
 All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.04 in respect of the
outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agents, to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and
to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors shall (on a joint and several basis) pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or
assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 9.04 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article Nine to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to
the Issuers from time to time upon a request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 9.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a
written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 9.06. Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or any
Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01, 9.02 or 9.03 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,

  

 -104- 

 restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, each Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article Nine until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S.
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 9.01; provided that if the Issuers or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of their
obligations, the Issuers or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 

SECTION 9.07. Moneys Held by Paying Agent. 
 In
connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Issuers, be paid or delivered to the
Trustee, or if sufficient moneys and U.S. Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 9.04, to the Issuers upon a request of the Issuers (or, if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations had been deposited by the
Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys. 
 SECTION 9.08.
Moneys Held by Trustee. 
 Any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by
the Issuers or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid or returned to the Issuers (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors) upon a request of the Issuers, or if such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations
are then held by the Issuers or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor,
look only to the Issuers and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust moneys and U.S. Government Obligations shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or
any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Issuers and the Guarantors, either mail to each Noteholder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar
pursuant to Section 2.06, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in one newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New York, the State
of New York, a notice that such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of

  

 -105- 

 such moneys and U.S. Government Obligations then remaining will be repaid or returned to the Issuers. After payment or
return to the Issuers or the Guarantors or the release of any moneys and U.S. Government Obligations held in trust by an Issuer or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled thereto must look only to the Issuers and the Guarantors for
payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
 ARTICLE TEN 
 GUARANTEE OF SECURITIES 
 SECTION 10.01. Guarantee.

 The Guarantors, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, guarantee to each Holder (i) the due and punctual payment of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on
the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment of all other obligations and due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this
Indenture and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that, subject only to the applicable provisions, if any, of Section 10.06, its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and
unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or
indulgence granted to the Issuers with respect thereto by the Holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of an Issuer,
any right to require a proceeding first against an Issuer, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note
except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

  

 -106- 

 The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the
exercise of such right does not impair the rights of any Holder under the Note Guarantees. 
 SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.

 To further evidence the Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note
Guarantee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Note Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer
of each Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of any Note Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note. 
 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall be in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

 If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor. 
 SECTION 10.03. Release of Guarantors. 
 (a) The Note
Guarantee of a Guarantor (other than Parent or Crown) will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following: 
 (1) any Transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of all of the Equity Interests of, or all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of, such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) any Transfer directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by Parent or any Restricted
Subsidiary to any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Parent of Equity Interests of such Guarantor or 
  

 -107- 

 any issuance by such Guarantor of its Equity Interests, which Transfer or issuance is made in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture, such that such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Parent; provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility; 

(3) the release of such Guarantor from all obligations of such Guarantor in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility; or

 (4) the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;
provided that such Guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of Indebtedness under each Credit Facility. 
 (b) Except as provided under Article Five, a Note Guarantee of Parent or Crown may be released and discharged only with the consent of each Holder of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates in accordance with Article Eight;
provided that the Note Guarantee of Crown may also be released and discharged upon satisfaction of any of the conditions set forth in clause (1), (2) or (4) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.03 and, if Crown is also
released as a guarantor in respect of the Existing Secured Notes, to the extent outstanding, clause (3) of subsection (a) of this Section 10.03. 
 (c) No such release or discharge of a Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be effective against the Trustee or the Holders of Notes to which such Note Guarantee relates (i) if a Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture as of the time of such proposed release until such time as such Default or Event of Default is cured and waived (unless such release is in connection with the sale of the Equity Interests in such
Guarantor constituting collateral for a Credit Facility in connection with the exercise of remedies against such Equity Interests or in connection with a Transfer permitted by this Indenture if, but for the existence of such Default or Event of
Default, such Subsidiary would otherwise be entitled to be released from its Guarantee following the sale of such Equity Interests) and (ii) until the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, upon which such
Trustee shall have no liability in relying, stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transactions have been complied with and that such release and discharge is authorized and permitted under this
Indenture. 
 (d) The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Issuers or a Guarantor in order to evidence the
release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article Ten. 
 SECTION 10.04. Waiver of
Subrogation. 
 Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the
Issuers that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Note Guarantee and this 
  

 -108- 

 Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any
right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or
receive from the Issuers, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or Note on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding
sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the
Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.04 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 SECTION 10.05. Notice to Trustee. 
 An Issuer or any Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to such Issuer or any such Guarantor which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office in respect of the Note Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Ten or any other provision
of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of the Note Guarantees, unless and until the Trustee shall have received
written notice thereof from the Issuers no later than one Business Day prior to such payment; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, and subject to the provisions of
Sections 7.01 and 7.02, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice referred to in this Section 10.05 at least one Business
Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such payment may become payable for any purpose under this Indenture (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note), then, anything
herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purpose for which such money was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary
which may be received by it less than one Business Day prior to such date. 
 SECTION 10.06. Limitation on Guarantor’s Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof, each Holder and the Trustee, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee
of a Guarantor does not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent 
  

 -109- 

 Transfer Act or any similar U.S. Federal or state or other applicable law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each
Holder and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor
result in the obligations of such Guarantor not constituting such a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
 ARTICLE ELEVEN 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act
Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in
this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies any TIA provision that may be so modified, such TIA provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified. If any provision of
this Indenture excludes any TIA provision that may be so excluded, such TIA provision shall be excluded from this Indenture. 
 The
provisions of TIA §§ 310 through 317 that impose duties on any Person (including the provisions automatically deemed included unless expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or not
physically contained herein. 
 SECTION 11.02. Notices. 
 Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex,
telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows: 
 If to an Issuer or any Guarantor: 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 Telephone: (215) 698-5100 
 Facsimile: (215) 676-6011 
  

 -110- 

 With copies to: 
 Dechert LLP 
 Cira Center 
 2929 Arch Street 
 Philadelphia, PA 19104 
 Attn: William G. Lawlor 
 Telephone: (215) 994-4000 
 Facsimile: (215) 994-2222 
 If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 601 Travis Street, 16th Floor 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services, 
 re: Crown Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 Telephone: (713) 483-6536 
 Facsimile: (713) 483-6959 
 The Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee by written notice to the others
may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those
sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of
address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or
registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA
§ 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication to a Holder is mailed in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as
required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice. 
  

 -111- 

 SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers,
the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar, each Agent and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 SECTION 11.04. Certificate
and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by an Issuer or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action
under this Indenture, such Issuer or such Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’ Certificate (which
shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with;
and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 below) stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
 SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate and
Opinion. 
 Each certificate and opinion with respect to compliance by or on behalf of an Issuer or any Guarantor with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the
opinion of such Person, it or he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable it or him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 
  

 -112- 

 SECTION 11.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or meetings of Noteholders. The Registrar and Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their
functions. 
 SECTION 11.07. Business Days; Legal Holidays. 
 A “Business Day” is a day that is not a Legal Holiday. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York, the State of New York
are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period. 
 SECTION 11.08. Governing Law. 
 This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the
application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby. 
 SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan, security or debt agreement of Parent or any Subsidiary thereof. No such indenture,
loan, security or debt agreement may be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.10. Successors. 
 All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee,
any additional trustee and any Agents in this Indenture shall bind its successor. 
 SECTION 11.11. Multiple Counterparts. 
 The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent one
and the same agreement. 
 SECTION 11.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

 -113- 

 SECTION 11.13. Separability. 
 Each provision of this Indenture shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision which is not essential to the effectuation of the basic purpose of this Indenture or the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 11.14. Waiver of Jury Trial 
 EACH OF THE ISSUERS, THE GUARNATORS AND THE TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 11.15. Force Majeure 
 In no event shall the
Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages,
accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being
understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 [Signature Pages Follow] 
  

 -114- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date and
year first written above. 
  

			
	 CROWN AMERICAS LLC
 as
Issuer

		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael J. Rowley

	 Name:
	 	Michael J. Rowley
	 Title:
	 	Assistant Secretary

  

			
	 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II
 as Issuer

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	 Name:
	 	Michael B. Burns
	 Title:
	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -115- 

			
	GUARANTORS:
	
	CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Timothy J. Donahue

	Name:	 	Timothy J. Donahue
	Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	Attest :
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -116- 

			
	
	Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
	Crown Consultants, Inc.
	Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC
	Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.
	Crown Financial Corporation
	Crown Financial Management, Inc.
	CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
	 Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation
 NWR, Inc.

  

			
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer

  

 -117- 

			
	Crown International Holdings, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Vice President & Treasurer
	
	Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

  

 -118- 

			
	CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Patrick D. Szmyt

	Name:	 	Patrick D. Szmyt
	Title:	 	Treasurer
	
	CR USA, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Michael B. Burns

	Name:	 	Michael B. Burns
	Title:	 	Assistant Treasurer

  

 -119- 

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/    Marcella Burgess

	Name:	 	 Marcella Burgess

	Title:	 	Assistant Vice President

  

 -120- 

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 [FORM OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II 
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2017 
 [Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 
 [Insert Private Placement Legend] 
  

			
	 No. [    ]
	  	CUSIP No. [            ]
		  	ISIN No. [            ]
		  	$ [            ]

 CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”),
and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II, a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), for value received, jointly and severally, promise to pay to
[                    ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[                                        ] (or
such other principal amount as shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached hereto), on May 15, 2017. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2009. 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1
(whether or not a Business Day). 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-1-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by two of its
duly authorized officers. 
  

			
	CROWN AMERICAS LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 A-1-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 
 This is one of the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 TRUST COMPANY,
N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

 Dated:
[                    ] 
  

 A-1-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF RESTRICTED NOTE] 
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II 
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2017 
 1. Interest.
CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II, a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), jointly
and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 7 5/8% per annum.
Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including May 8, 20091 to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 20092. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual days elapsed. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest
(to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest
hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 1 or November 1 preceding the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying
Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes.

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act
as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 8, 2009 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuers,
the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuers issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other
terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 5. Optional Redemption. 
 (a) On and after May 15, 2013, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the following
redemption prices, 
  
  

	1.	In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

	2.	In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date. 

  

 A-1-4 

 
expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on May 15 of any year set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2013
	  	103.813	%
	 2014
	  	101.906	%
	 2015 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (b) In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a
“Make-Whole Redemption”). Any redemption and notice thereof shall, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Premium
by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in
the notice relating to such redemption. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to May 15, 2012, the Issuers, on one or more
occasions, may, at their option, redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of Crown Americas or are used to
subscribe from Crown Americas’ shares of its Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
 Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 6. Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to
be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount 

  

 A-1-5 

 
thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 
 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 8. Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Holders shall be entitled under the Registration Rights Agreement to receive Additional Interest hereon upon other conditions, all pursuant to and in
accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or
register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a mailing of notice of redemption. 
 10. Persons Deemed
Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this Note for all purposes. 
 11. Unclaimed Money. If
money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee will pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers and the Guarantors for
payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates another Person. 
 12. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver,
Etc. The Issuers and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects
or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, providing for the assumption by a successor to an Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Holder in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Issuers and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the particular Notes to be affected. 
  

 A-1-6 

 13. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Equity Interests, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts
to the Issuers from their Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and requires the Issuers to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers must annually report
to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
 14. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the
obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations.

 15. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under
the Indenture, either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee specifying the respective Event
of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and
premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or an Issuer,
the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 
 (1)
all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its
reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
  

 A-1-7 

 (4) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in
Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of
or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests. 
 16. Trustee Dealings with the
Issuers. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for an Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with an Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee.

 17. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital
Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 18. Discharge.
The Issuers’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with
the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 19. Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the
Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
 20. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 21. Governing Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  

 A-1-8 

 22. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:
TEN COM
 (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital
Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 Telephone: (215) 698-5100 
 Facsimile: (215) 676-6011 
  

 A-1-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D.
number) 
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint ____________________________________________________________________________________________________
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 	                    	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
		 		 		 		 	

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

 A-1-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture,
check the appropriate box: 
  ̈    Section 4.08                             
                    ̈    Section 4.12 
 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount
you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$	 	  

		 	 ($1,000 or any integral multiple thereof; provided that the part not purchased must be at least $2,000)

 Date:                     
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	  

	Signature Guaranteed

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

 A-1-11 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 [FORM OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II 
 7 5/8 % SENIOR NOTE DUE 2017 
 [Insert Global Note Legend, if applicable] 
  

			
	 No. [    ]
	  	CUSIP No. [            ]
		  	ISIN No. [            ]
		  	$[            ]

 CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”),
and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II, a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), for value received, jointly and severally, promise to pay to
[                    ] or registered assigns the principal sum of
[                    ] (or such other principal amount as shall be set forth in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in Global Note attached
hereto), on May 15, 2017. 
 Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2009. 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 (whether or not a Business Day). 
 Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
  

 A-2-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by two of its
duly authorized officers. 
  

			
	CROWN AMERICAS LLC
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 A-2-2 

 Certificate of Authentication 
 This is one of the 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 TRUST COMPANY,
N.A., as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

 Dated:
[                    ] 
  

 A-2-3 

 [FORM OF REVERSE OF UNRESTRICTED NOTE] 
 CROWN AMERICAS LLC 
 CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II 
 7 5/8% SENIOR NOTE DUE 2017 
 1. Interest.
CROWN AMERICAS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Crown Americas”), and CROWN AMERICAS CAPITAL CORP. II, a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), jointly
and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 7 5/8% per annum.
Interest hereon will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including
[                    ] to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each May 15 and
November 15, commencing [                    ]. If Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and actual
days elapsed. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue interest (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes. 
 2. Method of Payment. The Issuers will pay interest hereon (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on May 1 or November 1 preceding the interest
payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars. Interest may be paid by check mailed to the Holder entitled
thereto at the address indicated on the register maintained by the Registrar for the Notes. 
 3. Paying Agent and Registrar.
Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (the “Trustee”) will act as a Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuers or any Affiliate thereof may act
as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 4. Indenture. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 8, 2009 (the
“Indenture”) among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Issuers issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended from time to time. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act
for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 5. Optional Redemption. 
 (a) On and after May 15, 2013, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at
any time or in part from time to time, at the following redemption prices, 

  

 A-2-4 

 
expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period commencing on May 15 of any year set forth below: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2013
	  	103.813	%
	 2014
	  	101.906	%
	 2015 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (b) In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, at their option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Make-Whole Redemption Date, plus the applicable Make-Whole Premium (a
“Make-Whole Redemption”). Any redemption and notice thereof shall, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the Make-Whole Premium
by delivering to the Trustee, on or before the applicable Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate showing the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for such calculation. 
 Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent described in
the notice relating to such redemption. 
 (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to May 15, 2012, the Issuers, on one or more
occasions, may, at their option, redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 107.625% of their principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by Parent to the extent that the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of Crown Americas or are used to
subscribe from Crown Americas’ shares of its Qualified Capital Stock; provided that (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the Indenture remain outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering. 
 Notice of any redemption upon an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent
described in the notice relating to such redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 6.
Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed
in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Any redemption and notice thereof may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or
more conditions precedent described in the notice relating to such redemption. 
  

 A-2-5 

 7. Offers To Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or
an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay to it any taxes and fees
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes or portion of a Note selected for redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a
mailing of notice of redemption. 
 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of this
Note for all purposes. 
 10. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the
Trustee will pay the money back to the Issuers at their written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuers and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless an “abandoned property” law designates
another Person. 
 11. Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Issuers and the Trustee may, without the consent of the Holders of any
outstanding Notes, amend, waive or supplement the Indenture or the Notes for certain specified purposes, including, among other things, curing ambiguities, defects or inconsistencies, maintaining the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA,
providing for the assumption by a successor to an Issuer of its obligations to the Holders and making any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or
the Notes may be made by the Issuers and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of the Holders of the
particular Notes to be affected. 
 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of Parent and
its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its Equity Interests, make certain investments, sell assets, create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts
to the Issuers from their Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into transactions with Affiliates, create Liens, enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions or consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the assets of Parent and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and requires the Issuers to provide reports to Holders of the Notes. Such limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. Pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuers must annually report
to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations. 
  

 A-2-6 

 13. Successor Corporation. When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its
predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture and the transaction complies with the terms of Article Five of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation will, except as provided in Article Five, be released from those obligations. 
 14. Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Indenture,
either the Trustee, by notice in writing to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Issuers and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and
that it is a “notice of acceleration”, may declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes to be due and payable, and upon such declaration of acceleration, such principal of and premium, if any,
and accrued interest, if any, shall be immediately due and payable; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) occurs with respect to Parent or an Issuer, the principal of
and premium, if any, and accrued interest, if any, on the Notes then outstanding shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if after such acceleration but before a judgment or decree based on such acceleration is obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind and annul such acceleration if: 
 (1)
all Events of Default, other than nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, have been cured or waived; 
 (2) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; 
 (3) the Issuers have paid the Trustee its
reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and 
 (4) in the event of
the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(7), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. 
 No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it
enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of 

  

 A-2-7 

 
the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing
Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes) if it determines that withholding notice is in their best interests. 
 15. Trustee Dealings with the Issuers. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform
services for an Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with an Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not Trustee. 
 16. No
Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member of the Board of Directors or holder of Capital Stock of Parent or of any Restricted Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or
the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

 17. Discharge. The Issuers’ obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to
certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
will be sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
 18.
Guarantees. From and after the Issue Date, the Notes will be entitled to the benefits of certain Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights,
limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders. 
 19. Authentication. This
Note shall not be valid until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
 20. Governing
Law. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION
WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
 21. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN
COM
 (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

 A-2-8 

 The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
Requests may be made to: 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 Telephone: (215) 698-5100 
 Facsimile: (215) 676-6011 
  

 A-2-9 

 ASSIGNMENT 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D.
number) 
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
 (Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

 and irrevocably appoint ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ 
 Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The Agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on
 the other side
of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	  

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

 A-2-10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture,
check the appropriate box: 
  ̈    Section 4.08                             
                    ̈    Section 4.12 
 If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.08 or Section 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount
you elect to have purchased: 
  

			
	$	 	  

		 	 ($1,000 or any integral multiple thereof; provided that the part not purchased must be at least $2,000)

  

			
	Date:	 	                    

  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

	
	  

	 Signature Guaranteed

 SIGNATURE GUARANTEE 
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion
Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  

 A-2-11 

 EXHIBIT B 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR RESTRICTED SECURITIES] 
 Any Restricted Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall
bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Global Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE (OR
ITS PREDECESSOR) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE
ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE NEXT SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER: 
 (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (A “QIB”), (B) IT IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, or (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “IAI”);

 (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS NOTE RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO
THE ISSUERS, (B) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QIB PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QIB IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (C) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN IAI THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND
BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE 

  

 B-1 

 
SECURITIES ACT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION;
AND 
 (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE
EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF
THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE ISSUERS SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” AND “UNITED STATES” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY RULE 902 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO
REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING. 
  

 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE] 
 Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend
(which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL
NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS
NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY
OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS
PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE
NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR NOTE ISSUED WITH OID] 
 Any Note issued with more than de minimis original issued
discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE
PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: [    ], ATTENTION: [    ].”

  

 D-1 

 Exhibit E 
 [FORM OF LEGEND FOR TEMPORARY REGULATION S NOTE] 
 Any Regulation S Note authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) for the 40 days following commencement of the offering of the Notes in substantially the following form: 
 “BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
  

 E-1 

 Exhibit F 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 601 Travis Street, 16th Floor 
 Houston, Texas 77002 

	Attention:        Corporate	Trust Services, 

         re: Crown Americas, LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 Re: 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017

 (CUSIP
                    ) 
 (ISIN
                    ) 
 Reference is hereby made
to the Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2009 (the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the
“Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. , as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                      (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
 1.
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Physical Note is being transferred to a Person
that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Physical Note for its 

  

 F-1 

 
own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a
“qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule
144A Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee
will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note or a Physical Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor
and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither
such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b)
of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Physical Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Global Note or a
Physical Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 

(a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof; 
  

 F-2 

 or 
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule
904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial
interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Physical Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit H to the Indenture
and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this
certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will be subject
to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Global Note and/or the Physical Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or an Unrestricted Physical Note. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer 

  

 F-3 

 
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)
 ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than
Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in compliance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Physical Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Physical Notes
and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
  

 F-4 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈  a beneficial interest in a: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈  Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Physical Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE]

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈  Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈  Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
            )(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈  Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             )
(ISIN             ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈  a Restricted Physical Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈  an Unrestricted Physical Note, 

 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 F-5 

 EXHIBIT G 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 
 601 Travis Street, 16th Floor 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Attention:    Corporate Trust
Services, 
     re: Crown Americas, LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 Re: 7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 
 (CUSIP
            ) 
 (ISIN
            ) 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of
[            ], 2009 (the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II (“Capital Corp.
II”), as issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                      (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of
                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby
certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Physical Notes or
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii)

  

 G-1 

 
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted
Physical Note to Unrestricted Physical Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Physical Note for an Unrestricted Physical Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired
for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Physical Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,
(iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Physical Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Physical Notes for Restricted Physical Notes
or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from
Restricted Physical Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Physical Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]      Rule 144A
Global Note,      Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  

 G-2 

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the
Issuers. 
  

			
	  

	[Insert Name of Owner]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
  

 G-3 

 EXHIBIT H 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
 Crown Americas LLC 
 Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 c/o Crown Holdings, Inc. 
 One Crown Way 
 Philadelphia, PA 19154-4599 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

 601 Travis Street, 16th Floor 
 Houston, Texas 77002

	Attention:        Corporate	Trust Services, 

         re: Crown Americas, LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II 
 Re:     7 5/8% Senior Notes due 2017 
 (CUSIP                    ) 
 (ISIN                     ) 
 Reference
is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2009 (the “Indenture”), by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II (“Capital Corp. II”), as
issuers (the “Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
                    aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)  ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)  ̈ a Physical Note, 
 we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to
resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  

 H-1 

 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act,
and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the
Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to an Issuer or any Subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (c) to an
institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and,
if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer, of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Physical Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a
notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the
Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the
foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an
institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we
exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce
this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

 H-2 

			
	  
 [Insert Name of Accredited
Owner]

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated:
                     
  

 H-3 

 EXHIBIT I 
 GUARANTEES 
 Each of the undersigned (the “Guarantors”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally
guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2009, by and among Crown Americas LLC (“Crown Americas”) and Crown Americas Capital Corp. II (“Capital Corp. II”), as issuers (the
“Issuers”), the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”), and subject to the Indenture, (a) the due
and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue
principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers to the Noteholders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten
of the Indenture, (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise and (c) all amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. 
 The obligations of the Guarantors to the Noteholders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise
terms and limitations of this Guarantee. Each Holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 [Signatures on Following Pages] 
  

 I-1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized
officer. 
  

							
		 	GUARANTORS:
		
		 	Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.
		 	CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
		 	Crown Consultants, Inc.
		 	Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC
		 	Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.
		 	Crown Financial Corporation
		 	Crown Financial Management, Inc.
		 	Crown International Holdings, Inc.
		 	CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
		 	Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation 
		 	NWR, Inc.
		 	Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc
		 	CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
		 	CR USA, Inc.
		
		 	 Central States Can Co. of Puerto Rico, Inc.
  

		 	By	 	  

		 	Name:	 		 	
		 	Title:	 		 	
		
		 	CROWN Beverage Packaging Puerto Rico, Inc.
			
		 	By	 	  

		 	Name:	 		 	
		 	Title:	 		 	

  

 I-2 

			
	Crown Consultants, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	Crown Cork & Seal Company (DE), LLC
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title::	 	
	
	Crown Financial Corporation
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	Crown Financial Management, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 I-3 

			
	Crown International Holdings, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CROWN Packaging Technology, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	Foreign Manufacturers Finance Corporation
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	NWR, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	Crown Beverage Packaging, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 I-4 

			
	CROWN Cork & Seal USA, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	CR USA, Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 I-5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00158-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00158-of-00352.parquet"}]]